Accountability

Last revised: 12 March 2013

Accountability Must Come First

When Things Happen, They Will Happen Quickly

From 2013

You will have noticed already that time continues to speed up and, before you know where you are, events will suddenly indicate that the era of big changes has commenced. By then we expect to have been acknowledged and will be active with you, so that we can join forces and make quick progress. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2013.)

From 2012

The time of doubt is at an end. The time of hope has begun. Now, you will begin to see real change occur, palpable and observable by all. These matters will come on so quickly it will spin your head. Hold on now for the beginning of the beginning. And as these changes come, so will Gaia react to your hope and love. She is already making changes that will benefit all. (Wanderer of the Skies, June 21, 2012.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and like you I am waiting for the "lift off" that shall see the beginning of wonderful times, if not hectic and yet enjoyable. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)

Everything is in place for a whole series of events, so much so that you will be hard pressed to keep up with them. What we want to be able to do is to keep the masses of you well informed, so that there is no misunderstanding as to our intentions. (SaLuSa, April 11, 2012.)

All we ask of you is further patience which most of you have exhibited for many years now, as we put the final touches to our work. Then you shall see an explosion of events that will be hard to keep up with. (SaLuSa, April 2, 2012.)

Keep in mind that as these matters develop, they are done so in a specific order for a specific reason that is interconnected to a much grander plan than we cannot reveal to you now. But as these pieces come into place, they will be self-executing. And when the dominoes fall, they will fall quickly and without any doubt on your part. There will be no guess work involved at that time. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 25, 2012.)

Changes have suddenly started to speed up, and you can expect them to continue from hereon. Sometimes you might pinch yourself to make sure it is really happening, as they will take your breath away. (SaLuSa, Feb. 27, 2012.)

That you have a date for the completion of this cycle is wonderful, as it means you have something to set your sights upon as you count the days that remain. The people that front the freedom movements that press for release from the old ways of dictatorship, are really the pioneers that have set the scene for even greater achievements. All changes have to commence somewhere and sometime, and from small beginnings the Light shall take over from the dark and deliver the promises made to you.

Sit tight yet not in tension as all is well and you will find that all of a sudden a whole series of events will take place, clearly showing you that your expectations are being fulfilled. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2012.)

From one day to another circumstances in your world are changing very rapidly. The facts may not be readily available to you, but as the purge of the dark Ones continues you will learn more about it. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

The changes are going to be so far reaching, and happen so quickly that you will need to keep awake in case you miss something. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

Various desired changes are moving along together, and we can see that there may well be a quick series of revelations that will carry you forward very quickly. It will be sensational to many people and cause shock to those who are unprepared, but through our allies we shall ensure that the necessity for them is understood. (SaLuSa, Jan. 23, 2012.)

From 2011

There is much that needs achieving before you reach the end of 2012, and this is where we will play a major part. You have to move quickly from the set up that has been maintained by the Illuminati, one that has kept you under their control. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

We say that all is well. All is on track and all is moving quickly. (Arcturian Group, Oct. 16, 2011.)

It appears that more and more is happening on your world and that those matters you have been preparing for are accelerating at a rapid pace. That is as it was designed to be. You now find yourselves at the beginning of the changes that are taking place that have been discussed for so long. If all seems tumultuous, it is so because that is the way it is. (Wanderer of the Skies, Oct. 14, 2011.)

It is a case of biding your time, as you perceive matters moving along at a quick pace that is surprising in view of where you were just a year ago. Whilst you had been hoping for the elusive announcement of Disclosure, other factors necessary to completion were also receiving a lot of attention from us. The result is that once we can get started, you will find yourselves on a bit of a roller coaster ride. However, it will be an enjoyable experience and carry you forward on a wave of joy. Life cannot go on much longer as it is now, but if enlightened you know what to expect, and it should keep you in high spirits. (SaLuSa, Sept. 11, 2011.)

You will be like us which is why we can come together as One, and we will be no different to each other. You will return to your status as Masters, with all of the command and attributes that go with it. We know you cannot imagine such changes yet but they will come as you might say, fast and furious. There is no time to be lost, but then we are fully prepared for the tasks that lay ahead. They will commence with a whole flurry of activity, with one quickly following another. (SaLuSa, July 15, 2011.)

Perfection awaits you and it will carry you forward to the level of becoming a Galactic Being. All of this will occur quite quickly, and you will rarely if ever look back at this period of time. (SaLuSa, April 20, 2011.)

From 2010

The suddenness of changes will undoubtedly surprise you, and so they shall continue until your freedom fully restored. ...

There are opportunities likely to present themselves very shortly, which will give our allies a breakthrough. We are ready to move into action when our presence is needed, and be assured that the desired outcome will be quickly achieved. (SaLuSa, July 2, 2010.)

Accountability will Close Down the Cabal

From 2012

The legal removal of the cabal members is in hand, and will be enacted when they are placed out of the way. There are special reasons why you do not have much awareness of it, as it is being carried out to avoid any fuss or unwanted publicity. The exact nature of our actions are best kept secret, but very soon you shall learn about what has been happening. (SaLuSa, Dec. 14, 2012.)

Several legal actions are about to be taken that will see the real start of the removal of the top members of the Illuminati. That will effectively remove the last vestiges of power that they hold, and put paid to their last hopes of holding on. It will then allow a more general clear out of the dark Ones at the lower levels. (SaLuSa, Nov. 9, 2012.)

The tasks in hand have been made easier through the wonderful work of the Lightworkers, and will become even easier as the dark Ones are put where they can no longer interfere. Already their influence is weakening, and together with our allies we will ensure that they cannot get back. We do not worry about the time aspect as you do, as we know that all will be well and Ascension will take place as promised. ...

Duality is all but finished but many individuals are playing out their last game. However, as they become isolated their power is greatly diminished. What is heartening is the way many groups of Light have been formed and are transmuting the dark energies. As a collective of the number of groups that cover the planet, it is becoming a formidable force to be reckoned with. (SaLuSa, Nov. 7, 2012.)

Perhaps especially among lightworkers, who know that Earth's exit from third density is imminent, there is concern because turmoil isn't abating, and in some instances, seems to be increasing. We want to set your minds at ease about this by explaining why the world situation is what it is...

Energy is neutral, but streams of energy can be directed by their attachments of thought forms. The forms are actual substances, albeit invisible to your vision, and they are created by every thought, feeling and action of every life in existence. Thus the attachments are either positive or negative in nature, and this universe is teeming with both.

The closer ones are to any energy movement, the more profoundly they are affected. Because your world is awash with duality's negative components - fear, warring, divisiveness, rage, greed, deception, corruption, poverty and random violence - you are at the epicenter of dynamic quaking and shaking.

Not only are those negative streamer attachments being generated there, they are emanating from there. Through the physics that governs life in this universe, energy generated anywhere shoots out into space, attracts and attaches itself to the nearest similar energy and, like a boomerang, returns with that reinforcement. Because Earth's streamers at duality's negative end are being sent out in abundance, they are attracting and bringing back exactly what they sent out. This immutable law of attraction is why your world still is steeped in turmoil.

And this is why we have urged you to focus on what you want in your lives and your world! The many who are preoccupied with thinking about what they don't want and their anxiety, discouragement, anger, sorrow and impatience about those situations are creating more of them in their personal lives and the world. Those kinds of thoughts and feelings are fraught with the negativity that prolongs the situations that they want ended!

The only way to stop that merry-go-round is with love, the most powerful force in the cosmos. Love - the very same energy as light, only expressed differently - is what light beings throughout this universe have been beaming with intensity to Earth for more than seven decades. The initial infusion of light saved her life and gave her the strength she needed to jar loose from deep third density and start on her ascension course.

With that in-pouring of light, Earth had more to offer to all of her residents, the microcosms of her Being, and her peoples who opened their hearts and minds received it and generated their own light, their very life force, more abundantly. We have rejoiced with and for each of them! Not only have their lives been uplifted in spiritual and conscious enlightenment, but their response created positive energy streamer attachments that further benefited Earth and her other receptive souls.

Because we love every soul in your world, it is sad for us that some still are refusing the light that would replace their fear and anguish with healing and joyousness. As long as the dark ones were in control of your world, they felt powerful. When their control started eroding some years back, fear set in. By now, the Illuminati are desperate as their last few tattered remnants of influence - the media and segments of military forces and the economy - are disappearing. Tyrannical rulers also are running scared because their counterparts in some other countries have been overthrown by the citizenry. And many millions are living in fear because of those dark ones' activities.

Fear is a magnified emotion that sends forth the most potent negativity. Although that which is generated on Earth has effects universally, as we said, it most profoundly affects all life on the planet. Think how often we have stressed the importance of sending light to the weakest links in our family chain of souls, those who have become captive of darkness.

Creator's law of free will gives them the right to deny themselves light, but they cannot stop its cosmic forcefulness. Earth's ascension course has reached a vibratory level of intensive energy surges and those are blocking the path of energy streamers with tempestuous negativity. Since those streamers can neither turn around nor go forward into fourth density, they are being forced to spend themselves fast and furiously.

This accounts for the tumultuousness you're seeing, and we hasten to assure you, the current clashing will not end explosively! The light from our universal family combined with your own is far more powerful than the negativity swirling around the planet! And, a clear sign that Earth is prudently handling that is, far fewer deaths and much less property damage have resulted recently from earthquakes, her main mode of negativity release, than formerly. (Matthew's Message, Oct. 21, 2012.)

From hereon each week that passes should reveal where matters are heading, and there will be the fulfillment of events that are necessary to bring peace to your world. (SaluSa, Oct. 22, 2012.)

Keep looking ahead as events are about to take off, and you will not be disappointed. The dark Ones are as good as finished when it comes to exercising their will upon you. They are like the toothless tiger, but still to be avoided and kept down until they can be removed. Many of you know who the leaders are as well as we do and we will not allow them to rise up again. Money still buys them time, but will never buy them their freedom to escape justice for their crimes against you. It is never too late for them to change and would do their record a lot of good, if they relinquished their quest to carry on as before. (SaLuSa, Oct. 19, 2012.)

Do you realize that this year in particular you have grown in levels of consciousness to the point where you have more than balanced the dark energies. You have achieved it by attracting the Light to yourselves and grounding it upon Earth. It has helped to end the domination of the dark Ones who can only hope to create fear, and delay their inevitable defeat. They are not finished but now we can fully contain them and protect our allies. Their ultimate removal is therefore going to be a mere formality.

They can longer look to the Reptilians for advice, and are but a pale reflection of what they used to be. It means that the final weeks before Ascension will not be as catastrophic as some of the older predictions indicated. Indeed, with the presence of the Galactic Federation of Light who have the authority to prevent any major setback, you are going to have a fairly comfortable ride for the rest of your journey. (SaLuSa, Oct. 17, 2012.)

You have not seen extensive arrests take place as expected, but nevertheless all the changes previously spoken about are proceeding. ...

As you can realize, we are still very much pushing for a result from the work our allies have put in to get the dark Ones out of the way. They can no longer put off the time for admitting that they have lost the battle, but arrogantly proceed with military actions that still cause death and destruction. (SaLuSa, Oct. 1, 2012)

By acquiring a strong defense you have survived against the dark Ones and their attempts to pull you down to their level. They have in fact sunk so low that they have all but cut themselves off from the Light. Yet the Love of God for his creations only sees the Light however diminished it has become. Hope for their growth back into the Light is such that every help will be given to them to fully return to it. ...

Search around if you wish to find evidence of the banking situation moving on, as several are now being taken to task over their criminal dealings. What you the people have done is to highlight their shortcomings, by relentlessly harassing the authorities to take action against them.

It is getting publicity and the net result is that even more of you are awakening, and it is causing much concern amongst the big corporations. They know that people power is capable of achieving results. So whilst these changes are not readily noted, you are obtaining partial success now.

In many countries the demonstrations grow more intense and governments use force to put them down. However that will not lessen the amount of demonstrations that take place, and you have shown that you are very resilient when it comes to claiming your rights. We cannot openly support you, but where your actions are peaceful we will spur you on. ...

When we need to we can zoom in on any person wherever they are, so there is no hiding place for the dark Ones. When it is time to bring them in we shall waste no time in placing them where they can no longer obstruct the process of Ascension.

For the time being we look to you to do whatever is necessary to obtain the authority to take them out of circulation. We know you have experienced problems when you have previously tried to do so, but the situation is changing and your time has come to take action. You will have our protection and can go forward with confidence. (SaLuSa, Sept. 21, 2012.)

Looking all around it is apparent that the Institutions that have held prominent places in your world, are in stages of collapse from which there is no escape. The truth is, as expected, revealing much about them that shows how they have manipulated events for their own advantage.

You are even becoming aware that they have had an agenda for a very long time to enslave you and gain world control. You can see how near they were to achieving their aims, and also the great movement amongst the people who have awoken to their plan and defeated it.

You are the ones who are taking over and deciding the destiny of your civilization. You have the power to determine how the end times work out, and you are visualising a peaceful transition. That is creating the time line that will complete the cycle according to your intent. (SaLuSa, Sept. 19, 2012.)

You can be sure that there is nothing to worry about where the dark Ones are concerned, because we have aborted many of their attempts to cause trouble. We have contained their activities for some time now and intend to keep doing so. They are staring into the abyss of oblivion and there is no escape for them.

Their empire is slowly crumbling and there is no way back for them. We do however closely monitor some individuals who of their own accord still exercise authority over their minions. On all fronts our allies are making good progress, and many issues could well be finalized by the end of this month. Meanwhile you are awakening at a much quicker pace, and your awareness is another reason that the Light is ever increasing in its power.

With your comprehension of what is taking place behind the scenes, we are pleased to note that there is less concern about the delays in making our activities public knowledge. You now know that the path to your Ascension is progressing as intended, and anything else is by comparison less important. ...

The arrests of corrupt officials is spreading, and some are already fleeing and trying to avoid the consequences. It does not matter what steps they take to avoid justice, in reality there is nowhere to hide. So please do not waste your energy by becoming angry at the individuals concerned. Your future is far more important than theirs, and that is where your focus should be. It is not that you will be unable to fit in immediately, but the whole experience will be much more exciting and understandable. (SaLuSa, Aug. 22, 2012.)

You will know that for a long time we have been working on various issues that have held up progress. Perhaps even we have underestimated how difficult some have been, but we now see that our allies are on the verge of making a sudden breakthrough. We will refrain from being too precise but this time events will be too big to hide away, and the media will be unable to continue ignoring them. (SaLuSa, Aug. 17, 2012.)

The legacy that the dark Ones left in place still creates trouble for you. Actions they set in motion a long time ago still make progress, but they no longer have the power or impetus to carry them through.

Their greatest drawback has been where their military ambitions were concerned, and we have permanently disabled nuclear weapons which they will be prevented from using.

The financial wing of the cabal has also fallen apart, and it will not be allowed to be resurrected in its old format. In fact as fast as they plug one hole another appears elsewhere, and in the end a new system will be the only answer. As the old one falls apart so it is revealing the extent of malpractice and corruption that has taken place for a very long time. So do not worry about the continuing problems, because at a future date not so very far away it will change for the better. (SaLuSa, Aug. 6, 2012.)

Currently arrests are occurring that will lead to that end, and also enable changes to go ahead that might otherwise have been impossible. Meanwhile our allies are busy setting up the structure for our greater activity in your affairs, and all we seek to go further ahead is an official announcement of our existence. Once that has been made everything else will follow on quite quickly. (SaLuSa, Aug. 1, 2012.)

Very shortly the clearing up process will be able to proceed without further hindrance from the dark Ones. Your lives are to some extent to be turned upside down, although many people are already prepared for it. We hope that some leaders will heed our request and not wait until we are forced to intervene, but if we have to we are fully ready. (SaLuSa, July 30, 2012.)

Look around you and keep your eyes and ears open, as you will see evidence of the arrests that are beginning to spread around the world. We have often urged our allies to speed up their actions, but at the same time we have allowed for the need to make sure everything proceeds as is necessary. The weight of evidence against those who have corrupted the banking system is overwhelming, and it is therefore the right time to strike. ...

You cannot expect to move on and take in the changes that are going to lift you up unless the rubbish has first been swept away. So Dear Ones if you find it possible to enjoy the demise of the Cabal, do so knowing that they will soon be unable to dictate your life style to you any more. (SaLuSa, July 27, 2012.)

The days pass by and the work of our allies is becoming more coordinated, and it is bearing results. The scale of activities is becoming bigger and soon there will be an overwhelming push forward that will be very noticeable.

For some time now, we have been limiting the extent to which the dark Ones can interfere with your progress towards Ascension. Working with our allies, we have given them every opportunity to go forward with the changes. However there is still hesitancy in some quarters, but we wish to assure you that the time has come for you to take action.

We know that you can succeed and we will be overseeing what takes place. All of the Light Forces are lined up against the dark Ones, and will ensure that you are able to complete your objectives to remove those who stand in your way. These measures will be the commencement of a whole string of moves to propel you into the New Age.

What is happening is part of your battle against those who have plotted your demise, and it is important that you are seen to overcome them. Whatever course you adopt you will succeed, but we want you to abide by the "rules" that have been laid down. You do not need to meet fire with fire, as you have the Law on your side along with us and many great Beings of Light. (SaLuSa, July 18, 2012.)

Our allies are being bold and you are seeing more evidence of their work to bring out the truth, and to put in action the long overdue plan to clear out the dark Ones. It shall continue and become more widespread, and it is revealing to us who amongst you are still under their influence. It is fear and favour that keeps others under their control, and we are intent on changing such situations.

As you are also seeing, political parties from all over the world are revealing their true colours with little compassion or action to deal with the heavy burden being placed upon the people, resulting from the criminal activities within the banks. We shall introduce the forgiveness of debt, as it is clearly the only way to enable every country and those individuals worst effected to recover and start anew. That will come with new technologies and other innovations that will put your feet firmly in the New Age. (SaLuSa, July 16, 2012.)

In this current day and age you find yourselves in, our main tasks besides communicating with humanity and showing ourselves to you via starship sightings, have been those of neutralizing the cabals many attempts to cause mayhem on your world on their way out of the collective perception and influence. 

There are many aspects of your world that the cabals still have a bit of a strangle-hold on but there are also very many things right now that can be done by the collective of humanity - by each and every one of you reading and absorbing this communication, to help anchor the energies of Light, Peaceful intent and change that will see your realities better aligned with the patterns in which the Universal energies of change and evolution are being brought through each and every realm of dear Gaia at this time. (The Pleiaidan High Council through Wes Annac, July 7, 2012, at http://aquariuschannelings.com/.)

It is our joy to tell you that a great deal of major importance is underway.

Although some information that could be published very likely won't be - namely, that a sizeable number of high ranking Illuminati are in line for arrest - most high level accomplishments are known primarily to the participating parties. ...

Along this line of "offenders," it won't be much longer until you know who has been arrested for crimes against humanity and other deeds that have adversely affected life on Earth. These individuals veered far afield from their soul contracts. Some will be convicted and others will die before coming to trial, but none will escape self-judgment.

By the physics that governs life in this universe, throughout the life review process in Nirvana, they will feel exactly the same pain and anguish as did all those whose lives their diabolical deeds affected. This excruciating self-punishment process is beyond your capacity to imagine, and so is those individuals' devolved capacity in their next incarnation.

Knowing what lies ahead for them and understanding that they are the weakest links in the eternal chain that is our soul family will let you more easily feel forgiveness. The high vibrations of forgiveness, like all other godly expressions, are soul growth in action.(Matthew's Message, July 4, 2012.)

Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets. The news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored. Governments like to be in control and have always tried to cover up news about demonstrations or rebellions amongst the people. However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people.

Naturally there will still be those who take a defensive view of the happenings, fearing that the changes are going to seriously affect them. People do not want to face the idea that they are about to lose their power, or in some cases their ill-gotten wealth.

No one will escape the financial changes or sharing of wealth, which shall be even greater by the inclusion of Trust Funds set up for this occasion. Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered. It will take time to cover everything but first the old system must be got rid off and a new one put into its place.

At the last moment there are inevitably stumbling blocks, but in the context of the whole mission they will not cause any undue delay. However, the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along.

In fact in certain instances such as the Cabal's attempted false-flag operations, we have been very much at the heart of matters. As always we do encourage you to take the lead as it was never intended that we did your work for you. The reasons are involved with karma, and you are expected to clear up problems created by yourselves. They do in fact go back a very long time during which periods you have met the same conditions throughout many lives.

Certainly you have made much progress since the turn of the century, but even so have had to make a supreme effort to stop the plans of the Illuminati reaching fruition. We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful.

Prior to that time you were being lulled into accepting the changes that were insidiously introduced bit by bit, that were removing your rights brick by brick. Thinking that they were infallible has allowed us to use the arrogance of the dark Ones to turn the tables upon them, and they have been taken unawares. (SaLuSa, June 27, 2012.)

At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can "remove" people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens. (SaLuSa, June 25, 2012.)

Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. (SaLuSa, June 22, 2012.)

You are getting so near to some real action that will leave you in no doubt that you are about to witness the beginning of the end of the dark Ones. It is all arranged and cannot be held up much longer. Even so you will be surprised at what is about to occur, and astonished that an operation of such size has been mounted.

The planning has been meticulous to ensure that the arrests are as far as possible carried out in the least possible time. Be assured that the evidence of criminal actions by each individual has been carefully documented, and is sufficient to uphold the charges that will be made.

The Illuminati are shocked at the speed with which their fortunes have changed, and never thought that they would have to answer for their crimes against Humanity. They are also at their wits end trying to avoid ultimate justice but find we have cut off their escape routes. We have each one tracked so that our allies can quickly round them up, and we are overseeing the whole operation.

For the dark Ones this is the time of accountability that is inevitable, but in their case instead of reviewing their lives and actions after death, they face you the people who desire that justice is seen to be done. It is also important that you understand how you have been held back for centuries of time, and their roles behind almost every incident involving immense loss of life. Wars have been "arranged" to line their pockets and reduce the population which has always been their aim. (SaLuSa, June 20, 2012.)

The conditions upon Earth are turning into chaos in anticipation of the affect of the financial crisis. However we are behind the actions that are being taken to offset such affects so that with the final collapse, our allies can come forward with the answers. There will be no going back to the old ways that have put you in the position you find yourselves in. Any others steps that are taken to prolong them will only prolong the agony and the solution needs to be adopted very quickly.

New systems are essential that take full control of the way that the banks operate, and fiat money will no longer be allowed. Years and years of corrupt practices and manipulation of the money markets has created a monster that has to be removed. Small will become beautiful and large corporations will be broken up. Debt forgiveness will remove the present problems created from the recklessness of the banks and restore your faith, because of the promises of the New Age that will ensure they are not repeated.

The door to Ascension is wide open, but nothing will be allowed to enter unless it is of the higher vibrations. Dismantling of the war machine will also be a great step forward, as with the rising level of consciousness it will have no place in your future. If has cost an unimaginable amount of money and energy that could have been used to give you all a very acceptable standard of living. The cost in human lives is also astronomical and laid down so much negative energy that it has been holding you back for many, many centuries. Living through duality has been a most challenging experience and much has been learnt by you, that has advanced your evolution so quickly. Some souls are still held back by the darkness they have created, but be assured they will be helped to overcome it. Not everyone can do so even though the higher vibrations are lifting you up and helping transmute the lower energies. ...

Whilst the forces of Light of which there are many thousands are getting themselves ready for action to start the first major changes, we advise you to still concentrate on sending out the Light. Do not waver even although uncertainty exists regarding the exact timing, as in one way or another our aims will be met. Few of you are directly involved in what is about to occur, but you can help by spreading calmness and giving others an assurance that all will be well. None of us have come this far to be put off by the remaining obstacles to be cleared. If necessary there will be a divine intervention, so we are fully aware that a successful outcome is absolutely certain.

We of the Galactic Federation hold the key to many developments, and simply await for conditions and opportunities to present themselves so that we can go forward. Whatever the picture painted by those who oppose our presence, be assured that we cannot be stopped from completing our mission. The sheer size of our forces is far beyond anything you have on Earth, but we do not use them to enforce our objectives even although they are in your interests. However, if necessary we will use them if so directed by the higher Beings of Light who oversee the end times. It is for these reasons that we can be so confident of the outcome, and it will carry you to Ascension and beyond.

Bear in mind Dear Ones, that we can look into the secret locations where the dark Ones plot their actions, so there are few if any surprises that they can spring upon us. We can impress upon our allies what needs to done to combat them, and they are able to minimize their affect. As predicted some time ago, you will have noted that the truth behind many dark operations is leaking out. You can take much credit for it as the level of vibrations has increased very considerably, and the Light will uncover what has previously been hidden. The truth will come out regardless of what steps are taken to hide it, and we will back up the evidence against the Illuminati for the crimes committed against you by them. (SaLuSa, June 18, 2012.)

We still continue to work hard with our allies to overcome the last obstacles that stand in our way. Once removed, announcements can be made to prime you ready for a series of actions to take out those who have controlled your lives through criminal intent. Many involved are names familiar to you, indeed in many cases very well known including others totally unknown. Once the key figures are removed, it will be the green light for our allies to mount a large scale arrest of those of whom we have sufficient evidence to prove their guilt. They will be treated fairly and given proper trials where they can be represented. The judges will be selected for their honesty and integrity and experience in applying the Law correctly and as was intended.

Some of your existing laws are draconian, particularly those introduced by the last administration. One of our first steps will be to release anyone falsely imprisoned or currently held without trial or a right to appeal. Justice must be seen to be done, and an understanding and greater appreciation of the circumstances that often lead to criminal actions. Much has been caused by improper treatment that has been based on racial differences. That will all change and not because it will be imposed upon people, but through the understanding that you are all One. You sometimes look upon those who are illiterate or deprived as though they are inferior, but they are in physical incarnation for just the same reasons as you - and it is for the experience. It is the soul that remains the same in each new life time. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2012.)

Our main responsibility has been to assist our allies to remove the dark Ones. It is proceeding well and is splitting the ranks of the Illuminati, who are becoming disorganized. It will act as a restraint upon them where they may have any remaining ambition to empower their plans to disrupt your progress.

There really is an "any day now scenario" as far as major events coming to fruition, and there is no escaping the consequences for the Dark Ones. Changes there will be that shall remove all the attachments that have blighted your lives, for Millennia of time. A clean sweep will give you a fresh start to quickly move into the higher realms where you belong. It will be an almost unbelievable transition in such a short time, with great help from us and other higher sources. We know your potential and how quickly we need to help you move on. (SaLuSa, June 13, 2012.)

Matters are so near to coming out that you will be taken by surprise as to how quickly they will happen. We would rather that you focus upon the positive events, than spending time and energy concerning yourselves with what will happen to the dark Ones. Their fates are sealed and justice will be seen to be done.

However, our priority is to put the right people into places of authority and bring world peace about as soon as possible. From that point it will be easier to proceed with the plan for your wellbeing, and restore your freedom. Once you meet us we can then go forward together to Ascension, and commence to enjoy the many changes that will lift you up. In that period the energies will continue to raise your consciousness levels even higher, and unity of the people will take place because of the removal of barriers that were placed between you. (SaLuSa, June 10, 2012.)

You are in the big month of activity when what we are engaged in can no longer be kept quiet, and as it leaks out it will prepare people for what is to follow. That is preferable to sudden extensive revelations, by allowing people to adjust to the idea of the coming massive changes. It would otherwise seem to them that their world was being turned upside down, and be unsettling.

For those in the know it is an opportunity to tell them that it is all for the good of mankind, and is the result of a divine decree that this cycle of duality should end. The detail can follow when we are openly talking with you as we intend to make sure you are all well informed. For the time being it suits our purposes to keep a low profile until we are ready make our appearance.

Our allies are extremely busy pushing forward a number of projects at the same time, and it means there will suddenly be a burst of activity. Our presence is having the desired effect upon the dark Ones who never thought that their crimes would catch up with them. They now know they are to be tried for their crimes against you and that there is no way out to escape justice.

We ask you not to dwell upon such issues inasmuch that there are more important ones that directly concern you. One is releasing you from the draconian laws that have taken away people's rights, and putting all forms of injustice right and giving back freedom to those wrongly imprisoned. Secondly are the governmental changes so that the right people represent you so that there is no chance of the wrong people representing you and delaying the necessary changes. They have already been selected and prepared to take up their positions, and that will help create the ideal circumstances that enable us to speed ahead. (SaLuSa, June 8, 2012.)

Your steadfastness in the light has remained strong even though nearly midway into this world-transformational year, nothing that you would consider conclusive evidence has occurred. ...

It is sad for us, just as for you, that the topmost dark ones still have enough influence to cause widespread suffering. (Matthew's Message, June 3, 2012.)

It is immensely heartening that most of you are seeing the positive perspective of situations that the media are reporting with bleak overtones, such as the potential economic meltdown in the "Eurozone" and the global boomerang effect, upheaval in several governments creating national instability, and citizens protesting intolerable circumstances in one country after another. You see those and other tumultuous situations for what they are: essential steps toward initiating systems that are based in fairness and honesty and having leaders with moral and spiritual integrity. (Matthew's Message, June 3, 2012.)

This year, you have come a long way in such a short time, and our allies have progressed to the point where their efforts are about to pay off. At times it has been a precarious journey, as the more successful you have been in anchoring the Light upon the Earth, the more the dark Ones have been determined to halt your progress.

Yet you have risen to the challenge, and the possibility of you being stopped before you have reached your goal has passed. It is therefore, plain sailing from here on as our plan unfolds and almost everything is in place for the final thrust. Timing, as always, is the biggest factor at present, and when we get the signal to go ahead matters will move forward very quickly. (SaLuSa, June 1, 2012.)

From our point of view it is important that you know what we are doing and why, as we want you to be involved. The more you can do will please us, as in many respects the problems are yours to rectify. However, with the best will in the world, you cannot overcome the dark Ones without help. We have never seen our tasks as saving you, but rather ones that fully support you. Clearly, without our advanced technologies, you could not be expected to complete the cleansing programs by yourselves in time for Ascension.

All over the world there are countries that are in the process of change, and each one will have to answer to the people and their demands for freedom. It is not possible any longer to impose authoritarian rule on them, by denying their rights. The people have smelt freedom and are coming to realize that it is theirs to claim back, and so be it.

The momentum and drive towards peaceful change can be supported by us and, as we have done so far, we will continue to back up those involved. It has not gone unnoticed that our craft are being seen in many more localities, and in circumstances that cannot be explained other than by the truth. We are here already and some advance groups have been active for many years, and contacts have been made with you.

All of this is known to your leaders who are part of the cover-up, but to be fair some are under extreme pressures not to reveal the truth. That indeed has been the problem, as the Illuminati have had such control that it extended right up to the top. However, with our protection, you will soon see some leaders speak out and support us. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2012.)

The dark Ones are hoping to go out with a "Bang", but we are going to ensure it does not happen. The arrests continue, and as our allies catch up with them they will be put away or under house arrest. We will make sure that the main troublemakers are amongst the first to be dealt with. No news is not bad news as far as we are concerned, as much of our work will of necessity be kept secret for the time being. ...

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and prepared for the final thrust from our allies that will put an end to the delays and see us all celebrating the end of the dark Ones. It will then become a joyful ride all the way to Ascension, and our love goes with you all. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2012.)

The dark Ones have been more difficult to remove than we anticipated. However, now that we have been given the authority to take direct action against them, our presence is being felt and our results rewarding.

We have all but stopped the dark Ones in their tracks, and we will not allow them any scope to return to their previous tricks. (SaLuSa, May 18, 2012.)

You now know that everything is coming to a head, and that something is going to break very shortly that you will get to know about in some detail. By now you will have realized that for many reasons, we have been unable to give you much in the way of specific information where dates are concerned.

Sometimes even we are not sure when to act, as when we do circumstances must be exactly right for us to be successful. Not least of all, to co-ordinate anything with our allies requires a lot of planning, and we have to bear in mind the risks they take. For example you now have a number of whistleblowers that are prepared to stand up and reveal the truth to you. Naturally we will protect them, but they and their families are under threat and it is an unpleasant feeling.

Dear Ones, the clean up is well under way and it will continue until the main trouble makers are removed. There is so much at stake to take risks, and we clearly have to mount a determined and continuous onslaught to finish the job quickly. To put people at ease there will be announcements to acquaint them with what is happening, as we do not want the wrong interpretation put on our actions. It will be the start of a program of enlightenment that will carry you all the way to Ascension.

There will be breakdowns all round as the old reality breaks up, shedding itself of all that has no place in your future. It will be a difficult time, but we are involved and the changes themselves will not take as long as you might imagine. So be patient and understand that the outcome will be to your advantage. (SaLuSa, May 18, 2012.)

There is evidence of the inevitable collapse of the dark cabal, and you need to be on your guard. They will try every possible ruse and disinformation to make a last attempt to create doubt and fear. Be aware and ignore anything that feels other than the Light, and focus on all that is pure and harmonious. (SaLuSa, May 14, 2012.)

So much is happening, but we are not always at liberty to give you the details. It must be sufficient to say that we are well in control and our allies are close to commencing a series of actions that will show everyone that we mean business. No longer will we put up with being obstructed, and we will quickly deal with those involved.

There are a number of trusted allies that are in the forefront of releasing information that makes clear what our intentions are. In short time we will also play our part in bringing out the facts directly to the public. You are looking at weeks, rather than months, for the mass arrests to take place. However it is a big operation that cannot start until everything is in place. Having come this far we want it to run smoothly, with as little trouble as possible.

Our craft are busy monitoring the activities of many countries that have the potential to use nuclear devices, and along with our warnings we will prevent them from being used. Wars have always been for profit, mainly for the Arms Industry, who have no scruples and will supply equipment and arms to any side involved in the conflict.

They shall answer for their involvement in the wars, as will any member of the Forces who have engaged in crimes against the people. Many atrocities have taken place that you are unaware of, but the truth cannot be concealed. (SaLuSa, May 11, 2012.)

We are working at a high level to persuade the dark Ones to finally withdraw, and allow us to help you re-structure your societies without their interference. With or without their co-operation we shall go ahead and remove their last bastions of power. It is in any event crumbling around them and becoming disjointed, and friction is taking place amongst their own ranks. Soon we shall brush them aside and leave them to their deserved fate, whilst removing all that has no place in the New Age. ...

What is about to occur on Earth now is just the beginning, and if you are alert you will note that events are shaping up for a grand finale. You shall not be denied the spectacle of seeing the top members of the Illuminati being brought to justice. The plans are in place and the means to proceed are available to our allies. Wait a little longer, and you shall enjoy the final days of those who have abused your civilization. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2012.)

Our mission is now reaching a critical point where we will be brought into action to monitor events, that are about to impinge upon your consciousness. The immense work put in to rid you of the Illuminati and their minions, is about to pay off and result in large scale arrests. This requires our allies to be at the ready, and for us to back them up to ensure it all runs smoothly. We do not wish to see panic result from the purges taking place, or violence resulting from the news of such events becoming public. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2012.)

We want to see our allies mount a massive drive to once and for all clear out all of the dark Ones, so that those of you who serve the Light can lead the people through the last days of this cycle. The White Brotherhood has long arranged for the right souls to be on Earth, and be ready to take up their posts and ensure a rightful ending to duality as you know it. The dark Ones are not the only ones that can organize themselves for maximum affect, and the Light has also long planned for this time.

There was always going to be a victory for the Light, but with your granted freewill the future was not always predictable. Until the Millennium passed by it was not clear how you would progress, and although the darkness thickened you rose up magnificently to pursue the path of Light. The dark Ones would seem to have taken over, but you stood up to them and against the odds have come out of it victorious. It only remains to clear up the mess after the Illuminati have been removed, and in that we are totally with you. (SaLuSa, April 20, 2012.)

Knowing what is ahead we ask you to take in any inconvenience in your stride, as it will be short-lived. Indeed you will have been advised as to the reasons, and will be able to see beyond the immediate problems. There is a meticulous plan that will avoid any chaotic conditions from developing, and we have anticipated all possible scenarios. (SaLuSa, April 16, 2011.)

Dear Ones, all proceeds well, and you near the time when our actions and that of our allies will be reported in the media. With it will come explanations for what takes place, and it will be made clear that our intervention has been authorized by the High Councils that look after your evolution. ...

You are about to witness the capitulation of the dark Ones, who are now aware that they are doomed to failure. There is no way out and whether on or off Earth they will face justice, and also given to understand and experience the far reaching effects that their actions caused. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)

You wanted action, you wanted results, and you now have them if you follow certain people who have acquired a reputation for successfully discovering the truth. An enormous set up of hundreds of different personnel, are poised ready to apprehend the criminals who have been behind the most cynical and profitable crimes against you in recent times. The size of this project will ensure that it makes the media sit up and take notice, as it will be impossible to ignore it.

That will be the start of more open reporting which shall be truthfully stated, and not dressed up purely for shock affects. At last the breakthrough will have been made, as it has long been overdue. It is important to keep calm and not allow the revelations to create a false impression of what is involved. Time will prove that those involved in bringing the culprits to justice, have acted on behalf of the people and that no ulterior motive is at the root of it.

The cleansing covers many different areas of life, and making way for the interim government is an essential number one requirement if the changes are to flow smoothly. Be assured we have a total understanding of the way you think and work, and it means that we can anticipate how things are going to proceed. Our allies are well rehearsed in their different responsibilities, and we do anticipate that these opening events will be successful.

The most difficult challenge is the first one we are meeting, and it will be a real eye opener for everyone. Whatever you know now, will be far from the whole truth of what has been going on. There is hardly any part of your society or business that has not been tainted by the dealings of the dark Ones. Sometimes even honest people have been unwittingly caught up in their activities, but they shall not be a target for us.

Dear Ones, the battle royal has begun but since we are in the ascendancy, we have every reason to anticipate a great victory. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2012.)

If we said that the ball is rolling where the changes are concerned, it would be an understatement as it is thundering forward, and all the work to bring out the results is about to bear fruit. The dark Ones are overwhelmed at the speed that our allies have moved, and it has taken them by surprise. In their arrogance they thought they were invincible and now in a -state of panic. We have cut off their escape routes, and they face having to answer for their crimes against you.

The net has closed in on the Illuminati top members, and for once they cannot corrupt people into letting them go. Such developments can hardly be kept out of the main media for much longer, and the fears of repercussions for printing the truth are losing their power. So you may rest assured that a series of events are fast lining up for disclosure, and once it commences there will be no holding back any longer. (SaLuSa, April 2, 2012.)

Your enslavement was been very carefully planned, and you were nearly under the total control of the Illuminati. However, the Light forces were not idle and with support from Beings in the higher realms, have stopped their progress and are about to release you from their hold for once and all. To be free is to experience a wonderful feeling of happiness and joy, and not to have to keep looking over your shoulder. The threats to your liberty will be totally removed, so that you can live your lives in peace. (SaLuSa, April 2, 2012.)

You are hearing continual updates about the takedown of those who would strip your freedoms away from you in a heartbeat if allowed, and the process of this coming forth is indeed as harmonious and peaceful as it has been predicted to transpire. You all hold the keys as to how peaceful this endeavor plays out and as to how little chaos is manifested through your thoughts and emotions upon seeing the beginning revelations come to fruition.

We expect the overall excitement and stress levels of humanity to increases substantially upon the initial announcements, and this is because the scope of what is being done and what you will be informed of far surpasses that of the most historical events that got the attention of the general world.

What is being done at this point is something that has not been achieved on your world for so very long, and while there have been many tyrannical leaders falling from power on your world in many civilizations of your history, the extent to which these current dark souls are being brought down for good is showing that the Light quotient on Earth truly does make a difference, and whether or not one possesses an assumed intelligence and right to manipulate the general populace of any planet, the awakening that takes place eventually on each world will always serve to show that the Light will always be the 'dominating', transmuting force that sets all imbalances, both personal and planetary, straight on so very many levels.

The Divine assistance you are being given at this time far surpasses what you would expect. We are working on each and every level, and in many physical levels on Earth you are beginning to hear of the many allies we have in place who have remained anonymous but who have been working with all of themselves to bring the real, legal change forth in your physical reality that has been required and needed. (The Pleiadian High Council, "Suppressed Revelations and Impending Changes," channeled through Wes Annac, April 1, 2012 at http://tinyurl.com/7bac88z.)

Now then, after a flurry of activity - the forcible removal of numerous individuals from top level positions in major world banks and the closure of some of the Illuminati's underground bases - it may seem that progress has come to a standstill. Oh no, dear family, it has not. Follow-up steps to the bankers' arrest are grinding through your legal systems so this matter is handled legally and ethically; other arrests are imminent; technology aboard spacecrafts is rendering nuclear warheads dysfunctional; and remnants in the Illuminati ranks are running away or running scared. (Matthew's Message, April 1, 2012.)

It cannot be but a short time before the many activities that are being carried out to advance you, come to your attention. The extent to which our allies are involved will force the issues to be considered by the media. It might take a little longer before our presence is reported, but whatever steps are taken to prevent it will be futile.

The first reactions will bring out all kinds of responses, but those who cast doubt or reject us will soon be overshadowed through acceptance by the majority of the people. It will not take long at all for the realization to sink in that we are here to help you, and that includes removing all those who have usurped their authority and responsibility to you for many years. It is the end of the Illuminati already seriously weakened by losing much of their control over you. (SaLuSa, March 31, 2012.)

Contrary to what we are seeing in the media, Humanity has reached a critical mass of awakened consciousness. The chaos we observe around the world is a necessary part of Earth's purging process. The obsolete, fear-based archetypes that have caused appalling pain and suffering for Humanity must collapse. This process is clearing the way, so that an Awakened Humanity can cocreate the patterns of perfection for the New Earth.

The people responsible for the atrocities we witness around the world consist of a minuscule fraction of the 7-billion people evolving on this planet. These wayward sisters and brothers of ours have absolutely NO POWER over the Light.

In Truth, every single day there are literally billions of people who turn their attention to a Higher Power and ask for Divine Intervention in their lives and the lives of their loved ones. These prayers are always heard, and they are always answered. As a result of Humanity's heartfelt pleas, the floodgates of Heaven have opened, and the Beings of Light in the Realms of Illumined Truth have come through the veil to meet us halfway. (Patricia Diane Cota-Robles, "Let's Create a Renaissance of Love," March 29, 2012, at http://www.eraofpeace.org.)

In some ways we would say that our mission nears completion, as we approach a time when all of the work put in to release you from the control of the Illuminati is showing results. It is for you, the end of the cycle of duality, and for us simply the means of clearing the way for the commencement of a new cycle. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2012.)

Many exciting things are now planned in the days and weeks ahead. As changes continue with your world governments and your media, with emphasis on your financial institutions, you will see more and more a willingness to openly discuss what has, until now, been the 800 pound gorilla in the room. You will hear statements as politicians and media personality begin to openly talk about the Illuminati and their role in your world and what must be done to take back the world for your people. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 25, 2012.)

It is clear now to many people that a big shake up is about to occur in the halls of power, and that will enable more far reaching changes to go ahead. It is important that those who block progress and vital changes necessary to free you from control, are totally removed. That process is well underway and those standing in our way are well aware that their time is up. There is no way out for them and their crimes are well documented, with absolute proof of their involvement.

We are talking about a measure of weeks rather than months before our actions begin to bite. We are therefore hopeful of taking a great step forward very soon, and one that will be such that you will get to learn of it. We have some backing form the media, and believe it will not take much before reporting of what is happening will spread and be accurate.

We are not out for sensationalism, but nevertheless the events will be quite extraordinary. We want it to be known that the old regime is no longer in charge, and that it will be replaced by one that truly represents the people. The Light is returning Dear Ones, and it will reach into everyone's lives for the better. (SaLuSa, March 19, 2012.)

You have an amusing expression, about the boot being on the other foot, and that is how it is as the Light is now dictating what happens, although the dark Ones never give up trying to exert their control over things. Soon they will be forced to surrender to our demands, and since they now have no means of escape, there is really no alternative for them. It means we along with our allies can go pressing ahead with our plans. (SaLuSa, March 16, 2012.)

The dark Ones are having to bow down to the pressure being applied on them by you. They never considered that you could exercise such power that they would be prevented from achieving their goals. Because of the emerging consciousness levels that are continually reaching new heights, they do not have the energies to draw upon that are needed to be successful.

Their secrets are out, and at every turn they are confronted by challenges to their authority.

They see their bases destroyed, and weaponry also destroyed or removed to prevent the fulfillment of their plans. They are in disarray but still fail to understand or accept that their days are over. However, we shall confront them at every turn to ensure that they are prevented from causing a major incident. We know all about their false flag operations, and they shall answer for their treasonous attempts to stage another World War. We state again, that war will not be allowed, and have asked the Illuminati to put a stop to attempts to create one. The New Age is birthing itself right now, and its progress will not be stalled or halted by any outside interference.

Therefore Dear Ones, you have no reason to be fearful of whatever you hear about plans to cause delays, and they would be best ignored as it is we, the Galactic Federation, who are in charge. Neither you or us have come all of this way to be foiled or disappointed, and as we have often proclaimed, victory is ours. The round up of the dark Ones has begun and they will be placed where they can no longer interfere with your evolution.

The Laws of the Universe are quite clear and irrevocable, and both the dark and Light must obey them. The one that has been considerably used is the Law of Attraction, although for a large part of your lives you have not understood the implications of your actions. The dark Ones have understood it, and taken advantage of your ignorance by empowering themselves at your expense. However, as you have taken the Light unto yourselves, you have attracted even more to the Earth and it has turned the tables in your favor.

It is a fact that in the end, the Light will always win battles with the dark, even if they make momentary gains. (SaLuSa, March 14, 2012.)

Another issue that has arisen is the direct contact made by the Federation with third world countries which has caused great concern with the Illuminati. They see this as a major shift in the power balance, and combined with their loss of position and strength in the financial markets, and the gathering storm of a highly organized and powerful opposition to them from across the globe, they are panicking in their otherwise methodical approach to set into play their "end game" to create their world government.

You have much to look forward to in these coming days as more and more dominoes fall at a much greater and accelerating pace. Already, you are beginning to see the turn of fortune occurring on the financial front. This will be followed quickly by the media, where many will begin to pay for their crimes and many more will turn towards open, honest, and investigative reporting. This, in turn, will be followed by a move to "clean house" with your political leaders and the stepping forward of those who consciously have begun to awaken within the halls of power in your many governments to set straight their role as stewards of society.

This is a time where justice will be heard and hopelessness cast aside. You are becoming, and it is a sight to behold. We watch in utter amazement at this process, and cannot contain our own excitement of what is coming to all and for the benefit of the entire universe. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 14, 2012.)

The 'takedown' of the Illuminati is proceeding smoothly, and while our scribe is always weary about receiving updates of such a physical nature we must push through with doing so as with events heating up as they now are on your world, we need as many souls as possible to report the news of what is going on through.

Of course again, there are constraints as to all that we can report for many reasons, one of them being that many souls of the Illuminati read the messages from us and use the news given to our disadvantage, and another reason being because of the egotistical and mental barriers of the souls we are in telepathic communication with; such constraints can sometimes ensure that they are not able to receive proper news as to what is currently happening on your world.

As you can see, many souls who have assumed positions of power and wealth are now resigning from such positions. This is happening as so very many souls are jumping off of the now sinking ship, and this happening is something that has been predicted by many channeled sources of information for many years of your time.

This is because we exist outside of the confines of time as has been expressed endlessly, and we knew that the time you are in now was safe to be predicted years and even decades and centuries ago, because even when such predictions were being made the Illuminati never thought that they would see this day you are currently in, where so many of them are forced to resign and step down from their positions of power so that this entire exposure will be made easier for them, though they have already dug themselves in a hole that is quite deep.

Indeed, the resignations you are seeing now have been formulated as a part of a recent deal that we have made with the heads of the Illuminati. We have shown them and they have realized alike that Earth has fully awoken as have Her citizens, and while they have thought that Earth was a 'pushover' planet whom they could harm all they wanted, Gaia Herself has shown them that they cannot hurt Her anymore by Herself refusing their latest attempts to cause mayhem and destruction.

The deal we garnered with the heads of the Illuminati came after they attempted their latest weather warfare maneuver, and as always their attempt to cause widespread harm and destruction was thwarted very easily from happening but this time the action was not taken by us, but by your dear Gaia instead.

Through advanced technological means which we cannot disclose at this time due to the ego-constraint of our scribe but which will be made know to you so very soon, the dark were let know that Mother Earth Herself was in charge of thwarting their plans, and the sheer ease by which She performed this Lighted action truly served to show them that they do not now, nor have they ever truly decided what happens on the surface of Earth.

Even the dark on your world have been acting in the confines of what you Create as a collective on your world, and they know that the more low vibrations that are produced on the surface of Earth, the more power they will have and the less constrained they will be in manifesting disastrous events.

The very reason they manifest such disasters is to feed the grid of negativity, hate and fear on dear Gaia that is now fading in increasing intensity as the Loving energies being manifested by you all begin to transmute the gird of the lower dimensions at its very core.

As this is happening, naturally your many lower dimensional timelines which have fed such a lower dimensional grid are converging into One Lighted timeline as the lower grid is fully transmuted at its core. The awakenings of you all will soon reach and are reaching huge strides and you will be 'snapped' seemingly into a state of consciousness that your hard work will have and is taking you to. ("Mariara the Pleiadian: You are All Needed Crucially in the Informing of Humanity," channeled through Wes Annac, March 12, 2012, at http://aquariuschannelings.com/2012/03/12/mariara-the-pleiadian-you-are-all-needed-crucially-in-the-informing-of-humanity/.)

We of the Galactic Federation are here to see that you and Mother Earth safely arrive at your destination, that is the completion of this cycle of duality. The sooner the dark Ones and their cohorts are removed, and their influence taken away from them, the sooner we can all concentrate on the business of getting you on track for Ascension. Nevertheless, we still keep in balance the various energies that are playing upon the Earth that are increasing exponentially, and are helping raise your levels of consciousness. (SaLuSa, March 12, 2012.)

More of you are beginning to believe that the changes are becoming significant, and the details are there for those who are prepared to search for them. After several disappointments a stage has now been reached where events have moved on, to a point where the dark Ones cannot stop or reverse what is happening. Their days are numbered and they face the embarrassment of losing their position and wealth.

Often both have been gained through briberss corruption, and for them the unspeakable is happening. Not only are they being forced to give up their position but to lose their ill gotten gains. Justice will be meted out according to their crimes, and a valuable lesson will have been learnt. They are treated no less or differently to any other soul, and will make good the damage they done. ...

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and can confirm what you are learning right now from a number of different sources, that a major venture is well underway to remove those who stand in the way of progress. Our activities are also being stepped up to support our allies, and our love goes with you all. (SaLuSa, March 7, 2012.)

We have said ... "Why do you wish this transformation, this transmutation, to be stretched out, to take a long time For it is painful, it is dramatic," needless to say. And God knows - and Mother knows as well! - that the human race loves drama. But this is not the kind of drama that you enjoy, and this is not the kind of drama that you wish to enmesh yourself within. (Archangel Michael, An Hour with an Angel, March 5, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/03/an-hour-with-an-angel-with-archangel-michael-march-5-2012/)

The good news about the changes can not be held back for much longer, as it will be seen as too important for the whole world not to share the knowledge. The Internet is alive with information, and more people than ever are coming forward.

After months and years of preparation, a sudden push has started a whole series of arrests and resignations, that is sending fear through the ranks of the dark Ones.

Having felt that they were safe and beyond reproach, they are shocked to find that they are now vulnerable. There will be no let up until the Illuminati are removed from their positions of power, and that is proceeding with all speed. It is enabling other missions to also move faster, and the way is being opened for the governmental changes to be lined up. It is all part of the continuing collapse of the old system, and no matter what is done to prop it up it will never be the same again.

You, Dear Ones, have achieved a most remarkable victory, inasmuch that using the power of thought you have brought the energy into being that has fulfilled them. You have sent out powerful prayers and thoughts calling for an end to the wars that have continually brought countries to their knees. Wars that have killed millions and caused widespread destruction. You let it be known that you have had enough of the violation of Mother Earth, and decimation of the Human Race. With love in your hearts you have caused the changes to come about, and it shows that when you strongly focus on what you want, it is possible to bring about its manifestation. (SaLuSa, March 5, 2012.)

Now then, through meticulous arrangements to assure that all is in accordance with your laws, the top echelon of Illuminati in the banking and lending industry have been removed from their positions and will face legal prosecution. "Feeling the heat," others are leaving voluntarily, and retrieval of the Illuminati's stolen fortunes is underway.

Military leaders are cooperating with the light forces to impede aggression by troops still in the Illuminati camp, and the destruction of some of their cavernous underground areas has halted heinous experiments and other covert activities.

Within the months ahead, governmental shake-ups will weed out Illuminati members or those acting under their control, and persons with moral and spiritual integrity will step in. The nascent governments born in the "Arab Spring" will become stabilized and tyrannical regimes will fall. Rampant corruption in multinational corporations will meet its well-deserved end; directors who serve the interests of the populace will remain; those who are greedy and self-serving will go. National economies in bankrupt status will not be successfully revived; the global economy will reach rock bottom and an honorable system will start operating worldwide. Wars, violence, deception, oppression and media censorship will cease incrementally as the dark hearts and minds among you leave the planet.

It can be no other way - simply, this is the physics that governs life in this universe. As Earth continues apace into successively higher planes, nothing with low vibrations in any form - physical bodies, subversive plans, theft, dishonesty, unjust laws and imprisonment, bigotry, cruel customs and deeds - can survive. (Matthew's Message, Mar. 1, 2012.)

The call for freedom from your oppressors has been answered and their ability to cause further problems has been addressed, and they no longer have the powerful bases that maintained their hold over you.

They may seek to change matters, but it is now beyond their scope to reverse the effect of the actions against them. Their roles have been reduced to ones of only a nuisance value, and soon their activities will have all but evaporated as their power structure is taken apart. Having come thus far it only remains for us to remove the Illuminati, and a major part of our mission will have been completed. (SaLuSa, Feb. 29, 2012.)

As you sit idly by going to and fro in your daily activities, many changes are occurring at many levels throughout the planet. We are entering a time of cleansing unlike anything that has ever happened here.

Powers that be are being quietly replaced or set for reassignment. In so doing, your world is preparing for sweeping changes that are only moments away. You, each one, have it within your power to be a part of those changes or watch them sail by with nary an inclination to participate. However, you are the light workers and came here to fulfill a mission that is fast moving toward completion. It is your choice to watch or become all you came here to be.

Times are rapidly moving toward a crescendo, an avalanche or tsunami that will wash away all the injustice for ever more and leave in its wake, a new and empowered people. The "we the people" will be reestablished, never to be compromised again. Should you be ready to take up the arms of light and love , than you will find that all of heaven will be with you to accomplish your intended goals. ("Sananda: Only Love Prevails," channeled through James McConnel, Feb. 28, 2012, at http://www.meetup.com/Ancient-Awakenings/messages/31453472/.)

The ultimatums, and the pressures resulting from them, have forced the resignations of many in the lower levels of the dark cabal. This marks the beginning of the denouement which will bring out into the open all that we have been working toward and telling you about in these updates. The power spheres of this cabal are to be broken!

The initial thrust is presently toppling bankers and will continue with the resignations, shortly, of major governments. The secret sacred societies' vast resources, both spiritual and physical, are being unleashed and we expect the present flurry of low-level resignations to escalate, as the domino-effect of the takedown moves ever higher through the vast hierarchical web that is the dark cabal. We intend to oversee this exciting phase of the operation and assist our allies in whatever way they feel is most appropriate to their cause. To this end we have assigned various liaison teams to them and these will assure the dark ones that there is no way out of their predicament except through their mass resignation.

The rise of new governance paves the way for the new economic system and of course, disclosure. These new common-law governments have an immense task before them, starting with securing your freedom and reestablishing your natural sovereignty. Next comes ending the vast and highly illegal system of debt which has inadvertently brought down the present economic system.

This will kick-start the redistribution of wealth to create universal prosperity. Here the goal is to create a monetary system that soon becomes obsolete, as fully conscious Beings do not require banks or money in order to meet their needs. As you grow in consciousness, you come to see the Earth not as a resource but as a living Being who has graciously permitted you to reside upon her. In turn, you gladly accept the responsibility of sustaining her. This sacred covenant lies at the core of galactic society: to sustain our home world while at the same time creating a society that honors and sustains each one of us. (the Galactic Federation and Spiritual Hierarchy through Sheldan Nidle, Feb. 28, 2012.)

You are witnessing the beginning of the end of all that has held you back, so that you can take the quantum leap forward that comes with Ascension. It has taken a long time to get to this exact moment, to enjoy the success of all our and your endeavours. It was inevitable regardless of what the dark Ones did to stop our progress, and in the end they laid themselves open to defeat because of their immense greed and arrogance.

Not even money can buy them their way out of the collapse of their empire, which is now about to come apart. It obviously has not gone unnoticed, and it is giving confidence to people who have stories to tell that will reveal the truth. (SaLuSa, Feb. 27, 2012.)

You the people have achieved the seemingly impossible, by reversing the fortunes of the Illuminati. You have done so by focusing upon the Light, and bringing into being a great grid of Light that now surrounds the Earth. No longer do they have the negative energies to feed upon, that have enabled them to come close to taking over the world. Wherever the lower vibrations exist, they are being transmuted and taking away their ability to superimpose their will upon yours.

You have spoken out loud and demanded beneficial changes that are now taking place, and so shall they continue until those of the Light take complete charge. Although the cleansing has only just begun, you are to be congratulated for your unyielding support, and you will soon see some tangible evidence of your success. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

With an ear to the ground, many of you are aware that banking fraternity are answering for their corrupt financial dealings. It is the commencement of more far-reaching actions, that shall ultimately remove the cancer that they have brought into your society. In trying to control the world's wealth, they have unwittingly brought about their own demise. It has also led back to political persons who have benefitted from their crimes, and they also will be removed. Have no doubt that they will pay the price for what they have done, and coming governmental changes will ensure that your future representatives are above such acts, and are true and honest.

Until you learn how you have been manipulated and used by the dark Ones, you will have little idea of how far their tentacles reached. Even some judges who you may have thought were beyond bribery and corruption are involved. None shall escape as we know exactly who has been guilty, and have all the evidence that will convict them. Your societies will become cleansed and start again with people you know you can trust. They will be responsible for implementing new laws, and revival of the Constitution that upholds your rights. You will be freed from the many unjust laws that the dark Ones have brought in, and people unfairly imprisoned will be released. It sounds like a lot of time will be needed to bring it all about, but you shall be astonished at how quickly matters will move. We come nearer to that time when it shall commence in such a way, that you will know for certain what is taking place. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

The Galactic Federation has not been more active than it is at present, as the chaos and collapse of the old ways involves considerable cleansing of energies that have been dormant for ages. They will have no place in the higher vibrations that accompany Ascension, and indeed for that reason they cannot impose themselves upon it. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

There have been a number of false flag incidents that have been controlled by us, so as to prevent the likelihood of a major confrontation. Some have been too big to be fully concealed, and some details do leak out. Be observant and you will undoubtedly pick up on some unusual reports. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

You are going to learn more frequently about those guilty of crimes against you being forced to resign. Corruption and bribes are endemic in politics and big business, but that will change as in time only those who are trustworthy and honest will survive the cleansing. A stand is now taking place to root out those who have worked only for the betterment of self. In future there will only be souls of Light that will represent you and look after your interests. Such responsibilities should be considered a privilege and honour, and you do have people amongst you that would gladly serve you in this way. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

The pressures are mounting on the dark Ones who in recent weeks have lost so much power. They see their financial ploys failing and circumstances turning against them. The cabal have long been identified, and they are now known for what they are in their attempts to bring the world under one government.

You shall soon see them taken out of circulation, and kept under supervision where they can no longer interfere or impede the changes that are already underway. (SaLuSa, Feb. 13, 2012.)

The waiting game will have to be played a little bit longer, but all of the time progress is being made. No amount of interference from the dark Ones will have any lasting effect, as our plans are now too far advanced for them to be prevented from being successful. Our activities are being speeded up as are our Allies, as it has reached a point when certain dates are being projected for finalization. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

By doing your best to stay focussed upon the Light, you are keeping a steady path to Ascension. Whatever happens you may be sure that the same result will be achieved, and it will see you released from the controls of the dark Ones. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

Once the influence and interference of the dark Ones is finally stopped, and that will be over the next few months, you can then relax and begin to enjoy the sudden freedom that shall be returned to you. From thereon the whole atmosphere will be lifted up and much emotion released, as people realise that at last real peace has descended upon Earth. That will make the last months of the year a most memorable and delightful time, and the people of the world will be re-united. Never again shall they be separated and lose their true identity. They shall be as One again. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

The Galactic Federation is ready to stand by its allies as they make moves to bring some matters to a conclusion. It is time for the final chapter to be written about the Human Race and their journey through duality. It will be one of a victory achieved through sheer endeavor and commitment to the Light. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2012.)

Even you will be surprised once you learn how the odds were stacked up against you. Yet, you persevered and your faith carried you forward, and often you have worked in isolation but still fulfilled your mission. It is a wondrous victory and what you see now are only the final attempts of the dark Ones to carry on with their mischief. It is all in our control, and soon they shall be called to account for their actions over millennia of time. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2012.)

You are on course for a great victory over the dark Ones and there was never any doubt about it, and you have the strong will and intent to do so. After all, as Lightworkers it was the reason you came to Earth at such an important time, knowing fully well what your task was and faith in your ability to carry it out. (SaLuSa, Jan. 23, 2012.)

The removal of the Illuminati will be a monumental achievement and take away their ability to cause any further trouble, and that is high on our list. We can only add that patience is called for all round, as some of these tasks are very delicate and finely balanced. As always keep your sights on the outcome that you desire, and do not let your focus waver. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2012.)

[In] the old, decaying system of hierarchies of power, ... the few control, betray, deceive, and suppress the many. And its rate of decay is accelerating.

Focus on the loving attitudes and behaviors that are rapidly replacing, permanently, the old, inharmonious, and divisive ways. The power of your love, exponentially strengthened and intensified by the divine Love field in which you have your eternal existence, is dissolving the illusion, which cannot withstand its tremendous onslaught of gentleness and kindness, as it flows ceaselessly across the planet, nudging you all into new ways of behaving and into new ways of responding to one another. The love that you have always felt for each other as God's divine children is seeping into your conscious awareness and showing you the way Home. (Saul, Jan. 18, 2012.)

At last, people are now questioning the propaganda and the motives behind it. They are not falling for it anymore. The veil has lifted. They are now seeing things as they are, not as they were told they were. Although these liars now look naked and exposed, they still try to bluff it out. But they are finding that the old formula is no longer working. They continue to attack all those who speak the truth. People have always assumed that they were just like you. This is not so. Nothing is further from the truth. When they finally realise that their game is up and that they will have to return en masse to where they originated. They will be banished forever from your world. (Montague Keen, Jan. 17, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/01/montague-keen-true-love-overcomes-all/.)

Events move on to their inevitable conclusion, and are approaching the time when you will get some firm indications of what lies ahead. The dark Ones are being held in check and you will have noticed that they are no longer able to dictate what happens in the world. Their institutions are breaking up and with it their ability to command what happens in the different markets.

Their greed and arrogance has led them down the path to ruin, and they will not be allowed to re-establish their empire. You are therefore still in the transition period, and our allies are gradually completing the moves necessary to allow the changes to get underway. (SaLuSa, Jan. 16, 2012.)

You have a saying that "there is no fool like an old fool" and that could be applied to the Illuminati because they are of the older generations. They have gone way beyond the time period given them to step down, and allow Humanity the chance to claim what is due to them and has been denied you for thousands of years.

The Spiritual Hierarchy have offered them a way out that would guarantee their safety, so that they could be held in secure surroundings until they were called to account for their crimes against you. We simply want them out of the way so that the path to Ascension can be opened up and in doing so, know that it will go ahead without interference.

Delaying tactics are not going to get them anywhere, as the Divine date for a leap forward looms nearer which will authorize us to use whatever methods we wish, to reign in the dark Ones. Their supporters carry little power but are spread far and wide and it is mainly of a nuisance value. They too are getting disenchanted with their responsibilities, as the golden egg will not be found in their nest and they will find that they will get little reward for what they have done for them.

Our approach and that of our allies has almost disembodied the power structure that has held the dark Ones together. They counter more opposition as people are rapidly awakening as to how they have been hoodwinked, and tricked into believing that steps taken in their name were for their benefit. In fact, the dark Ones have never worked for anyone but themselves to achieve their aim of world domination.

They caused the destruction of two great civilizations and were so very close to adding yours to the list. It is now too late for them to alter their plans, plus our presence has limited their actions to ensure their failure. So Dear Ones, whatever you hear or read about vague threats from them, realize that they have had much taken away from them. Their roar may be frightening, but in reality they are more like the toothless tiger. (SaLuSa, Jan. 13, 2012.)

The dark Ones may have been very clever or should we say crafty in fooling you for so long, but as Beings of Light you will not be in the least affected by their actions anymore. As with any soul, you leave yourselves open to the lower vibrations when you focus too much on their fear-laden activities, so, yes, be aware of what is going on but quickly move on and leave it in the past. (SaLuSa, Jan. 13, 2012.)

Many of your leaders in politics have been mislead into thinking that they still have a "ticket on the boat" when the "end times," as they have been led to believe, will occur. No-one has informed them that their sanctuaries have been destroyed so they continue to pass legislation destructive to their very families blissfully unaware that the consequences of their actions will be personal. They wrongfully believe they will have a place to go.

When they are made aware of the fact that they will suffer along with the masses, their astonishment over the deception perpetrated upon them will rebound to those who created it and you will see the undoing of many of the wrongs started by this very class of people. (Wanderer of the Skies, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

All that remains before you reap the rewards of your victory, is to remove those who would still spoil the celebrations if they could, but will not be allowed to do so. It is why you should not experience fear upon learning of the attempts that have been made to start a Third World War. We of the Galactic Federation have full authority to stop any such attempt, and our allies are briefed to intervene on our behalf. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

A number of events are still on track to completion over the month, and will give you the opportunity to see the beginning of the end of the powerful individuals that are the Illuminati. There is no escape for them and we have them in our sight the whole time, and there is no hiding place that we are unaware of. So you see Dear Ones there is no need to waste your energy worrying about their presence or what they are up to. The day has come when they shall be stripped of their powers and ill-gotten gains obtained at your expense. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

You are truly the victors in the battle between the Light and Darkness for the souls upon Earth. No matter how long it took you were always going to overcome the dark Ones, and it was after all decreed that this cycle would bring a firm result in your favor. All that remains before you reap the rewards of your victory, is to remove those who would still spoil the celebrations if they could, but will not be allowed to do so. It is why you should not experience fear upon learning of the attempts that have been made to start a Third World War. We of the Galactic Federation have full authority to stop any such attempt, and our allies are briefed to intervene on our behalf.

A number of events are still on track to completion over the month, and will give you the opportunity to see the beginning of the end of the powerful individuals that are the Illuminati. There is no escape for them and we have them in our sight the whole time, and there is no hiding place that we are unaware of. So you see Dear Ones there is no need to waste your energy worrying about their presence or what they are up to. The day has come when they shall be stripped of their powers and ill-gotten gains obtained at your expense.(SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

Please do not let the reports of incidents caused by the activities of the dark Ones distract you from your focus upon the year 2012. As you are finding out they are defiantly hitting out, to make a desperate last stand but it will not achieve anything for them. Now that you understand how they operate, you are able to prevent the fallout which usually causes fear. You are now wise to their method of operation and have become much more discerning, and deny them the outcome they set out to create.

We of the Galactic Federation play our part in protecting those of you under threat and in some instances have appeared to them personally to give that assurance. Be assured that all Lightworkers are known to us, and along with their Guides are led along a path that is least likely to lead to confrontation. It cannot always be avoided, but there are occasions when the dark Ones are those who are at a disadvantage instead of you. The publicity that they receive is welcomed as it reveals the nature of their modus operandi, and helps others recognize them.

It was not too long ago that you tended to accept whatever those in authority told you, and they used your trust to hoodwink you whilst carrying out their covert operations against you. Almost on a daily basis you are now learning about the truth behind many events that have been the work of the dark Ones, but hidden behind legitimate activities. The truth goes a lot deeper than you really know, but over the coming months it is going to be revealed to set the historical records right.

It will be presented in such a way that no amount of denial will change the facts that support the accounts we will give you. We also need them to substantiate the actions that are planned, when many persons in authority are removed because they have participated in criminal activities against the you. At this point our concern is to get them out quite lawfully, and not waste time before they are replaced by those who are of the Light.

Over the many years we have accumulated more than sufficient evidence to show which individuals have broken their promises to work for the people, and instead fallen for promises to get rich quick at their expense. We can therefore largely dispense with the laborious and long winded trials that there is no longer sufficient time for. However, some crimes against you are of such gravity that a few individuals will stand trial, so as to reveal the full extent of them.

As you can imagine, such Beings are those who are of the Illuminati and controlled the plans to bring about world slavery of the Human Race. Clearly with Ascension so near to manifesting they will eventually be removed, and spend their time at an appropriate level where they can reflect upon the effect they have had upon millions of Beings. All is not lost where they are concerned, but their path back to the Light will be long and arduous. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2011.)

There is no doubt that matters on Earth are now coming to a head, and it should eventually lead to many of the changes that we have been telling you about for quite some time. By and large your faith has stayed strong, and now you will begin to see some positive action taken. There is after all a divine date that still stands as the final one beyond which we shall no longer tolerate delay.

If need be we shall take direct action, but one way or another we will soon commence our plan for your final release from the dark Ones. The European crisis could yet see a number of countries default on the payment of their loans, and that has put other countries in the European Group at risk. It is also putting other countries outside of Europe at risk, so you have not seen anything yet compared to what the outcome is likely to be. If you continue to see these as exciting times, you will not be pulled into the panic that is likely to occur.

It is obvious that whatever happens now no particular adverse situation will last for too long, as time speeds by and you are almost in the magical year of 2012. ...

The Galactic Federation is ready to act at very short notice, and in the meantime continues to closely monitor all activities on Earth. We have no hesitation in showing our superiority where technologies are concerned, and make it clear to the dark Ones that opposition to us is futile. Yet they stubbornly refuse to give in, knowing that any engagement with them requires us to obey the rules. (SaLuSa, Dec, 2, 2011.)

Today we speak of the Disclosure plan unfolding in your world. Two leaders of your cabal, key members of a control group responsible for the false flag operations that would seek to undermine our disclosure to you have capitulated. They have been moved to safe zones to be out of touch with those that would seek to obtain their authority to undertake the plans the Illuminati have developed for the Disclosure scenario. They have been effectively neutralized with no harm to anyone.

You must remember that there are two separate forces at work on your planet. One is from off world entities that seek to control you using your own human species in positions of power and trust who have been corrupted by greed and power. The other are those very minions, your own people who have chosen to move away from their own in service to the dark. We will handle those off world as we have already done, including the destruction of their underwater facilities from which they have operated for a very long time.>

It is up to you to mete out justice to those in your own world and of your own kind, when the time comes. Your systems will be in place for that eventuality. We are certain that this process will result in humane actions and not vengeance, which is wasteful of energy and serves only to create darkness. (Wanderer of the Skies, Nov. 19, 2011.)

Expect a lot to happen but allow for intent to ensure that the flow is orderly, so that each event complements the last one. As many will know our allies are more active now than ever before, and having considerably weakened the Illuminati we have been able to remove many of those who stand in the way of progress.

At all different levels there are people who have been used without their knowledge, but with the awakening are beginning to see how they have been manipulated. That alone is often sufficient to get them to resign, and as talk travels fast others get to learn about it. There is also a matter of rising consciousness levels, that bring some people to question the ethics of those they work for. You will begin to see more of this happening, as the thrust for more transparency and truthfulness grows. ...

They already know that we have the ability and the divine authority to remove them, and there is no escape from the responsibility for the crimes they have committed. When they accept their situation we expect them to capitulate and stand down. However, we feel that they are sufficiently naive to believe they can fool us, but there is no hiding place as we will always know exactly where they are to be found.

So there is in reality nothing to fear or worry about as we have control over all matters, and at present simply wait for our opportunity to register our first success. ...

Like you we await the commencement of changes that are obviously signs that the end times are really underway. To the uninformed it would appear that chaos reigns, and it is unfortunate that it brings with a degree of fear. That is what we wish to avoid if possible, as that energy feeds the dark Ones and they will play upon it.

However, as we have often pointed out recently, the Light is now the supreme force and it will continue transmuting the lower energies. (SaLuSa, Nov. 16, 2011.)

Soon, several world governments will announce indictments underway against major players in the international financial markets as a reaction to your protests and a response to the rising energy of Light that is quickly sweeping away all the darkness. These are not precursors to the proof and signs you require, these ARE the signs. Stop closing your eyes to what is confirmation enough all around you. (Wanderer of the Skies, Nov. 7, 2011.)

For a bit longer the Illuminati will continue countering all progress toward dramatic changes with such distractions and disruptions as their black ops terrorism, stock market shenanigans, bribing or threatening politicians, limited resumption of chemtrails in some areas, weather control, and of course fear-filled disinformation. Since the light continually is intensifying on the planet, it is logical to wonder why they are able to keep going. The answer is fear. (Matthew's Message, Nov. 5, 2011.)

The imposters will be removed. This will be done without resorting to violence or argument. (Montague Keen, Oct. 23, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/10/montague-keen-october-23-2011/.)

6a Do not allow the greed of the few to destroy any more of your world, no matter what implausible story they come up with, regarding reasons why they must invade other countries. You know that they are lying, but they are slaves to The Plan: they must carry it out otherwise they would be removed from office.

Their world is coming to an end. Their reign of terror is almost over forever. They will not succeed in destroying your world or your people. Everything that they have lived for, and by, was stolen or forcibly obtained. Even their history is NOT theirs - that too, was stolen. (Montague Keen, Oct. 23, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/10/montague-keen-october-23-2011/.)

For some time, the Illuminati have tried to determine what we were up to and what our plans for the future of mankind were. They have tried in every conceivable way to determine this information. They have tried to monitor those we have been contacting over the years; they have attempted to shoot down our craft not only for the technology, but also for the chance that they could gain access to a Federation member in the hopes of "extracting" information from that entity, and they have used psychic warriors to telepathically "listen in" on our activities as we have worked around your world in orbit and in our various bases. On this note, they did not anticipate that our technology could detect such "remote viewing" and block them at will. In every way they have tried and have been unsuccessful. (Wanderer of the Skies, Oct. 14, 2011.)

All is proceeding well and the dark Ones have got the message, that we are no longer prepared to wait for them to move aside. We will remove any person obstructing our efforts, to move the people of Earth into positions where they can start the whole process of Ascension. Much has already been done to lay down the foundation to success, and we are now building upon it. (SaLuSa, Oct. 12, 2011.)

The Dark have lost their overall control. They are floundering as on the deck of a sinking ship. Their removal is essential, they cannot exist in love and light. The role that they play on the world stage must cease. The false persona they display to the masses will be revealed. ...

There will be turbulence as Earth changes take place. Know that what will happen is what is meant to happen. We will prevent - as much as possible - anything that the Dark might do to cause fear. They have nowhere to hide, we have seen to that. As more of you understand what is really happening, you will see the police and armies waking up to the fact that they are responsible for trying to destroy their own people. They, too, will join the masses.

The Dark will lose this support that has kept them in power. People will come to see through the propaganda. They will realise that without their support, the Dark's false monetary systems will fail. It will be exposed. Without this, they are nothing at all. All the help you need will be available to you. You will be given technology that will be enormously important to you and is beyond your understanding at this point in time. Life on Earth will be totally different when the control is lifted. The scaremongering will cease and the power crazy will find themselves exposed. The fact is that their false belief in their tribal supremacy has brought about the chaos you now find yourselves in. To them, I say that their end is nigh. (Montague's Message, Oct. 9, 2011, at http://www.montaguekeen.com/page667.html.)

The energy for change is unstoppable and we will ensure that it flows uninterrupted by those who oppose it. ...

We are in regular contact with your leaders and even if some reluctance is shown, they are generally co-operating with us. The world teeters on the brink of collapse, and they realise that only a completely new approach will provide a way out. The dark Ones believed it would be to their advantage and their aims to take over, but we have turned the tables on them to bring about Ascension.

The people have as expected risen up against those who have perpetuated the conditions that have held you in their control. It is sometimes a painful process of change, but unavoidable as you break out of their hold on you. We are preventing the dark Ones from using such occasions to promote situations of violence, and create a false impression of those who demonstrate. We see you as being very restrained, and endeavouring to keep them as peaceful as possible. It is your right to demonstrate, but authorities fear such opposition to them. It is why they try to prevent such news being reported.

However, it will not make any difference as the movement for change has progressed beyond their grasp. It is also helped along by great Beings, who are using their influence to ensure that the leaders of these movements are inspired for the right motives. Be assured that there is far more help being given than you would realise. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2011.)

What has been noticeable and very welcome is that the mass consciousness levels have risen quite dramatically, and it is an indication that you are breaking away from the lower energies that are fed by the actions of the dark Ones. They no longer have such a strong influence as before, and in fact it is weakening very quickly. Be assured they know what is in store for them and that they cannot stop the eventual coming of Ascension. In fact since we last left a message our plans are so near to fruition, and our allies are on the verge of forcing the dark Ones into a corner. We do therefore expect a favourable outcome, that will allow us to forge ahead with some of the first moves that will lead to the changes necessary to march onwards.

For some time now we have been approaching your world leaders with a view to gaining their support for the changes that we will introduce. There are no other options, and there is no way that the old paradigm can be resurrected. It has run its time and as painful as it must seem to some people who are still unprepared, you must move forward. Most people have yet to learn of what the future really holds, but would become extremely happy if they did. The dark Ones of course have done their best to keep the truth from you, but for them it is a losing battle as it will come out regardless of anything they can do. (SaLuSa, Sept. 2, 2011.)

Although some members in this government and other country's governing bodies also have retained their light, they too are swimming against the formidable tide of the Illuminati and those they control through bribery, blackmail or death threats. The momentum of the light is turning that pernicious tide, and both the dark backlash and the many souls who still are unaware of Earth's ascension are causing confusion and upheavals. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

We have seen the Illuminati's effects diminish so much over the course of such a small amount of time that it is encouraging for the Disclosure announcement. We perceive that the last of the "hold outs" are actually rogue military operations from several of your governments who do not want to give up their grasp on power. Some of these are of fundamentalist religious persuasions, so we are perceived as a great threat to them instead of the allies we are for humanity.

These groups, now disconnected and operating separately, monitor these channelings to determine what advantage they can take over us. They cannot ever imagine the extent and nature of our technology. They have been the recipients of technology spoon fed to them by various self-interested species over the years and believe that those technologies are the "cutting edge" of what is out there among the different races of beings in this universe. They are sadly mistaken in this belief. They were given only small amounts of disjointed technologies for those species' own protection. It does not even touch the tip of the iceberg of the level of our technological capabilities.

As we have discussed with you, all events which have ever occurred can be accessed through our technology. This technology is actually available to these rogue groups and in use presently by them. We know every move these rogue groups make, where they intend next to take action, and what their ultimate plans are.

We have already demonstrated to you how easy it is for us to switch off your nuclear weapons, disable rocketry intended to deliver them, and otherwise cause disruption to military actions. We indicate these things to you not to laud our strength over you, but to let you know that we could have, at any time, overtaken your planet by force if we chose to do so. It is not our intention. We are here out of Love and concern for you, our brothers and sisters. While some of you "get this," others, like these rogue groups, have ideologies that blind them to the truth.

When these rogue elements come to the table to be part of the agreements that so many others of the Illuminati have already acquiesced in, then we will consider it safe that we disclose. Part of the ongoing delay in Disclosure is due to this hold out. Our diplomatic teams have been in contact with the representatives of these groups but it is difficult to discuss these issues with them. (Wanderer of the Skies, Aug. 10, 2011.)

This period of time is going to be dynamic as so much is about to happen. The dark Ones cannot keep the floodgates shut for much longer. The pressures are mounting and the hard work of our allies will soon pay off. Battles between the dark and Light are going on all over the Earth, and people are being mobilised to confront their authorities to demand an end to their rule.

The deceit and lies can no longer fool the people, who have been taking back their power for quite some time. There is nothing greater for forcing change than people power, and it continues to grow day to day. Fear is having less success in keeping the people under the control of the dark Ones. They are losing their grip, and also their belief that they can truly continue to guide the world in their direction and make them bow to a World Government. That will not happen and total slavery is out of the question.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and see the net closing in on those who have been responsible for your current problems. Believe us they are far more extensive than you can possibly imagine, but all will come out in due course. (SaLuSa, July 29, 2011.)

As disclosure comes out there will be ever increasing revelations about the work of the dark Ones, and as in the case of 9/11 when the true perpetrators are known there will be much anger and revulsion. We would like to think that once it has been vented, that you would quickly understand that such darkness requires volumes of Light to transmute it. In which case would you find it in your hearts to recognise the Light within those souls that desperately needs to be awakened. The old ways of Man should be set aside so that revenge does not become called for, but instead rehabilitation. Bear in mind even the most hardened hearts do not completely lose their godspark, and it can always be ignited again.

Obviously Man cannot consider himself above the dark Ones, if he uses their very same methods to admonish and punish them for their deeds. The people's responses will themselves be sufficient to let them know your feelings, and it may yet cause them to closely examine their activities against their fellow men. From the aspect of the great game of duality that is coming to an end, you may see that it could not have been played unless some souls agreed to take on the roles necessary to challenge the Light. If you can understand such set-ups you will find that it will be far easier to keep your focus on the Light. Nothing else is more important right now, as you do not want to be distracted from your plan to ascend. (SaLuSa, July 25, 2011.)

There is most definitely a calmer energy that has settled over your world in the past several days and the Illuminati's attempts at disruption are fewer and farther between. We have seen countless minions of the Illuminati turn toward the Light, either out of a true understanding of the process or because of a recognition that retribution will come. This attitude is not unlike the Nazis at the end of World War II when they realized that they would be held accountable for their atrocities. This same feeling is now pervasive among the minions of the Illuminati and more and more are refusing to do their bidding, hoping for some mercy when the inevitable trials occur. (Wanderer of the Skies, July 14, 2011.)

When dealing with the dark Ones regrettably their word cannot be trusted, but fortunately when in their presence we can read their minds. That is useful as we realise the pressure is getting to them, and suddenly they are concerned as to what their future holds. For those who have committed the more serious crimes against you, the realisation of the gravity of them has shaken their confidence in getting away with such crimes. (SaLuSa, July 1, 2011.)

The dark Ones ... remain a nuisance and we are stepping up our plan to remove them. We treat them with love and understanding as we do not judge or condemn, as that would not be helpful if they are to be converted to the Light once again. Love alone is the great power that cannot be repelled and will soften the hardest hearts. Our wish is to see every human soul rise up, even if they are unable to achieve it this time around. No soul is discarded or damned forever, and will at some stage return to the Source as a Godspark. ...

You are waking up, and no longer easily fooled and see through the devious workings of the Illuminati.

War is one of their greatest weapons and even now they fuel the ones occurring in the Middle East. They must stop very soon, but some karma is being played out and must run its course. It is sad and we hear the cries of those in pain, but we are unable to interfere in what is your affair and the result of your actions. We do not wish to sound harsh but we are bound by Galactic Law, which we fully understand and abide by. (SaLuSa, June 22, 2011.)

Although some dark forces are stubbornly resisting our call for a cessation of their activities, others are beginning to sense the defeat they are facing and, as you might say, are going quietly. Our main concern is to get them out of the way so that our allies can push ahead with re-organisation and the introduction of new policies. Now each week that goes by is so important, as outside help is on the increase where the incoming energies are concerned. (SaLuSa, June 1, 2011.)

The Light is in control and allows matters to find their own pathway forward, but always with the end time in mind. Our activities are directed towards achieving success without the necessity to enter into any form of confrontation with the dark Ones. By our standards and with our far advanced technologies it is unnecessary. We can be firm and use our divine authority when the occasion calls for it. So please accept that no matter what scenario is presented to you, we are fully aware of what is happening and in control. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2011.)

With steps being taken to get our allies into positions of authority, through them we also have more influence as to what is occurring. All in all we progress to our goals to make the big changes that will see the dark Ones removed. So be assured that even if you do not have the details, we are achieving our aims to get matters really moving along. When it commenses there cannot be any other outcome, as the Divine Plan will manifest regardless of any outer happenings. It is why we occasionally remind you that the Light has already achieved the victory that you have been promised. There is absolutely no reason to be fearful, and whatever you planned for yourself to go through the end-times, will come to be. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2011.)

These times will be confusing to many souls who are not quite sure what to expect, and events are not helped by the activities of the dark Ones. They have planned to stage events that parallel the predictions so fulfilling peoples expectations that would of course fuel the "fear" factor.

We are aware of such intentions and within certain limits because of karmic situations, can prevent them from taking place. We have prevented a Third World War, destruction the Earth, and plagues and diseases of proportions that would have decimated your population. That has been in accordance with our responsibilities to ensure that you safely reach the point of Ascension, and that the opportunity to ascend is not denied you.

It might not appear to be so, but you are rising up from the lower vibrations and, as you do, the degree of dark activities will lessen as the Light is weakening their power. With steps being taken to get our allies into positions of authority, through them we also have more influence as to what is occurring. All in all we progress to our goals to make the big changes that will see the dark Ones removed.

So be assured that even if you do not have the details, we are achieving our aims to get matters really moving along. When it commences there cannot be any other outcome, as the Divine Plan will manifest regardless of any outer happenings. It is why we occasionally remind you that the Light has already achieved the victory that you have been promised. There is absolutely no reason to be fearful, and whatever you planned for yourself to go through the end-times will come to be. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2011.)

Know that matters are moving along very quickly now. The disaster expected to be implemented by the dark ones has been averted. Reason has prevailed, to some extent. They are now seeing that off world is their only avenue of escape, for justice will be swift once the process begins to unfold. They are like a spoiled child who finally cannot get its way. They would rather implode than come to reason. (Wanderer of the Skies, May 21, 2011.)

The dark Ones are at last capitulating, realising that they need a way out of a predicament of their own making. Through our allies that is being offered, and once they are no longer in a position to interfere with progress, we can really become more open in helping you. Making them responsible for their acts against Humanity is not directly our concern, because there is no escape from eventually having to answer to the higher spiritual hierarchy that oversees your evolution. In other words, just like you they will have to experience the effects of their deeds and fully understand the outcome.

We can tell you that once you return to the higher dimensions, and know the truth about life and its purpose you are more than eager to atone for your mistakes. We must stress again that there is no punishment as you understand it, and no judgment and the final outcome is in the hands of the soul concerned. The karma resulting from each life time is twofold, and firstly keeps you on the path back to the Light, whilst ensuring that you learn from your mistakes. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2011.)

The powers that be are generally speaking unaware of what is bringing about the chaotic conditions upon Earth. Often they are spiritually ill equipped to understand the implications of what they see happening and of necessity they will make way for those who do, and have the interests of all people at heart. We know who they are, and they will be protected to ensure that they can take their place of leadership when the opportunity arises. (SaLuSa, March 21, 2011.)

You are to throw off your shackles very soon, and taste real freedom as a right that has been previously denied you. Your very way of living will move to a higher level with all of the advantages that modern technology can give you. With it will emerge the real you free from the dictates and oppressive controls that have kept you in slavery to the Illuminati. Their influence will by then have no more power to interfere with your lives, which will become most happy and wonderfully exciting. (SaLuSa, March 14, 2011.)

The peak members of the Illuminati know that their economic empire is shattered, and before the last shreds of their once impenetrable global network are completely gone, they are trying to generate a mass of negativity through creating chaos, destruction and high death toll wherever they can. For all the devastation in the ocean's path and the damaged nuclear power facility, compared to the Illuminati's intent to utterly destroy Japan, it was a shallow win for them. There was minimal damage in Tokyo; the quake, aftershocks and tsunami released a large amount of negativity on the planet; off-planet technology is lessening the effects of radiation from the power station; and other civilizations are beaming intense light, adding to the outpouring of prayers for the Japanese people, whose resilience and resourcefulness and the assistance of other countries will restore that nation.

With the light continuing to intensify, the Illuminati's unconscionable acts cannot much longer plague Earth. Just as you and we are seeing the undeniable evidence of massive shifts in the collective consciousness, so are they, and they know that this will end all darkness on the planet. The light in expanded consciousness has led long-oppressed peoples to raise their voices for freedom, and that cry will be echoed over and again until all peoples throughout your world are free. (Matthew's Message, March 12, 2011.)

We cannot have the dark Ones meddling in our work, so they will have to be first removed. We already know exactly who they are and they will be shown for what they stand, and there is no way that they will escape justice. By that time there will be a free exchange of information, and the media will have become a true expression of events that take place. (SaLuSa, Feb. 18, 2011.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius and tell you that we monitor all of your news, and we are well aware from one minute to the next as to what is going on. Better still we also know what is in the minds of the dark Ones, and they cannot fool us as hard as they try. (SaLuSa, Feb. 4, 2011.)

We cannot stop minor altercations or confrontations, but we will prevent any escalation into an all out war. That is within our authority, and it is also in response to the rising consciousness levels that seek peace for all people. The few can no longer dictate the course of mankind, and the path is opening up for the final stages of duality, as you know it. ...

The dark Ones have by no means had things all there own way, the difference is that until recent times they have carried out their deeds quite openly. The Light however has worked mainly behind the scenes, and prefers anonymity for reasons of safety. In fact the Light has never ceased working for your upliftment. ...

Dear Ones, knowing what lies ahead of you, find joy and satisfaction in that knowledge. The dark Ones will no longer have any say in the matter, and will have been removed from all positions of power. Great spiritual Beings will have replaced them and Mankind will at last be led out of the darkness into the Light and Truth of Understanding.

What happy times are just around the corner for you, and we know because we are part of them. Can you imagine how much weight will be lifted off your shoulders, and how quickly stressful situations will be changed. To be really free is in itself such a great step forward, but it comes with the recognition of the Oneness of All That Is. (SaLuSa, Jan. 21, 2011.)

We of the Galactic Federation are more active than ever, not that we would expect you to necessarily be aware of what we are doing. With what is tantamount to the last big battle between the dark Ones and the Light, we are supporting our allies to ensure that matters do not get out of hand. (SaLuSa, Jan. 19, 2011.)

To be forewarned is to be ready for whatever happens, and chaotic events will leave you undecided as to who or what has brought them about. It will not become clear until First Contact has been made, and our observations or warnings of what is to come are able to be made public knowledge. Our presence will be your assurance that you will be guided and made safe wherever possible. At present the dark Ones are at panic stations trying there hardest to create confusion.

Until we can completely silence their weaponry, they will still have the means to interfere in our plans, and care not what the outcome is where you are concerned. Indeed their whole intent is to cause as much death and damage as possible, and disruption in your lives. You will not have to put up with their actions for much longer, and our plans are well advanced to remove their leaders from their positions of power. Our allies will then move into action when given the signal, and that will be when the outcome can be positively assured. (SaLuSa, Jan. 10, 2011.)

From 2010

Matters are really heading for a showdown, and once the power is removed from the Illuminati the changes will start quite quickly. They are being confronted by the forces of Light whatever way they turn, and we take much care in monitoring their reactions as they become irrational and panic. They fight a lost cause and aware now of the ultimate collapse of their empire. There is no hiding place as we track all of their movements, and as we have informed you previously are present at their conclaves.

As our authority has been extended beyond our original remit, we now take more direct action to stop the black operations aimed at you or other countries. We echo your sentiments that "enough is enough" and it is now the turn of the Light to direct the path of the people on Earth. Such a lot of work has already gone into paving the way to the final years of this cycle, to ensure it is a smooth and successful journey. You of course have played a major part in achieving such an accomplishment, and you have helped create the grid of Light that now encircles the Earth. ...

Be assured the Light and its supporters will be victorious, and the dark Ones will be defeated not by force or military power, but by the power of Love and Light. It may sound unlikely when you look back at history but you are now in a totally different era, when outside forces with the backing of the Brotherhood of Light are directing the outcome of activities on Earth. Mother Earth also plays a part and is desirous of working with us as her own cleansing takes place.

So, Dear Ones, whatever happens that is not in accord with the Ascension process, have no fears, as it will not affect the outcome one iota. As you sometimes learn, many countries now are going through self-analysis as they realize the old paradigm no longer works. Those who wish to keep the status quo are fast becoming a minority and their influence will not interfere with the program of changes about to commence. (SaLuSa, Nov. 17, 2010.)

It's a matter of all that must be accomplished within a comparatively short time and the dark resistance has to be dismantled before that can happen. We've been telling you that for some time to prepare you for the massive changes coming. The next several months will be quite a ride - stay in the light and you'll navigate the rough waters in good stead. (Hatonn, "Galactics Neutralized the Missiles, Obama Knows about Protection and Ascension," Nov. 15, 2010, at http://tinyurl.com/28nexyd.)

There is no hiding place from us, as we regularly have a presence at the secret meetings of the Illuminati. So Dear Ones we know what is planned and act accordingly within the degree of action we are authorized to take. (SaLuSa, Nov. 10, 2010.)

Our allies are briefed and ready to take over control in many ways. It will lead to not just your "rescue", but also a change in your direction that will put you firmly onto the path of Ascension. The clutter and last vestiges of the old will be gradually swept away, and you will learn more about your Space family and how you link to them. Together you will advance much quicker than you would otherwise have done, and life will become a joy and pleasure as Love and Light bring about great changes. (SaLuSa, Oct. 18, 2010.)

I don't know exactly when we will land en masse, but I can tell you about our new level of involvement that is good progress toward that time.

You've been told that we can't interfere with individuals' free will choices except by God's mandate that Earth's free will supersedes that of anyone who would deliberately cause vast death and destruction. You also have been told that, with everything in acceleration mode, there's no time to waste getting this show on the road side by side, and that's why a new wrinkle has been added.

We have been given leave by God to use stronger methods wherever necessary to dismantle the Illuminati's remaining power bases. This does NOT mean killing anyone - God never sanctions killing, nor would we ever want to do that! For quite some time we have been permitted to override the dark ones' free will by blocking their powerful weaponry when they attempt more events like "9/11," and we have done that on numerous occasions. Now we also can foil their efforts to create major disruptions by blocking their communication systems and transportation modes and by diverting their intelligence couriers.

We also have God's permission to temporarily relocate a few key individuals to areas where they can do no mischief whatsoever. This is done somewhat like the cloaking of our ships in an invisible force field, which makes the disappearance baffling to those individuals' co-workers too. So, even though you won't see evidence of our new allowances, you know that now we're taking even longer strides to help you rid your world of dark deeds. (Hatonn in Matthew's Message, Oct. 10, 2010.)

We are in control of Earth but not in the sense of having taken it over, but being aware of everything that is happening. We do keep the balance at all times, but have to allow a certain degree of freewill to operate. Even so it will not affect our position or your future, but simply allow matters to flow, as they should. (SaLuSa, Oct. 4, 2010.)

As I showed you, my dear, the boil is coming to a head, it's ready to erupt. All the muck will come out and will be exposed for all to see. It will get rid of all that is BAD, is EVIL, and is CORRUPT, a sorting will occur. Don't worry everything will be OK. ...

You are about to experience an enormous transformation of consciousness. The Dark control in your World is ending, proceed with Joy in your Hearts as you embrace the Light.(Montague Keen to his wife, Veronica, Sept. 26, 2010, at http://www.montaguekeen.com/articles/montague/sep26-2010.htm,)

In the long term your freedom will be restored, as once a new Government is established it will be based upon your inherent sovereign rights. Such changes will spread across the world like a breath of fresh air, and the past will gradually fade away like a very bad dream. The dark Ones have played out their hand, and have been defeated. It is now a matter of sweeping up after them, and bringing in the long awaited changes that will enrich people's lives. ...

The Light cannot be extinguished as everything that already is depends upon it for its existence. In effect all that the dark does is highlight the lack of Light, and it is through such experiences that you grow spiritually. (SaLuSa, Sept. 13, 2010.)

The dark Ones will still be around and they too will learn something from you. One day they will find the Light that still shines within, even if it is now veiled by the darkness they have created.

Our presence is to help all souls, and we do not choose one soul over another where our help is concerned. It is up to each individual to decide in which direction their future is going, and regardless of their choice they will be treated with kindness and love. That is the only way to penetrate the darkness, and help those souls who are trapped. (SaLuSa, Sept. 13, 2010.)

Matters are certainly coming to a head, and our allies are very near to achieving a major success. The dark ones continue with their attempts to foil progress, but it is now impossible for them to stop the Divine Plan. They are somewhat of a nuisance, but before long their power will be completely taken from them. (SaLuSa, Aug. 6, 2010.)

People all over the world are responding to the higher energies flowing into the Earth's grid. Suddenly what you need to do to put your evolution onto a different path is becoming clear. Most importantly you realize that you have the power to change the direction that Humanity was heading into, and put it on course for Ascension.

The old World Order no longer has the control over you that has led you blindly into their clutches. Their domination of you has been severely weakened by your awakening, and your desire to create a new reality that brings peace to the world.

What is also clear is that you are able to hold your focus on the wonderful future you visualize, and are no longer fooled by the tactics to distract you from it. It is your belief in the future that is giving you the strength to rise up against those who would put obstacles in your way. As you now know, everything is possible when you set your minds firmly on what you want for the good of all.

It was always seen that you would eventually have sufficient understanding of what was required of you, to succeed in creating the peaceful existence denied you previously. Duality has shown you what happens when the Light has been suppressed, and how it deadens your senses to your ability to rise above any difficulties. ...

We have often intimated that times would get worse before there were changes for the better. You are entering such a period, but you are more prepared to see it out now because of your understanding of the issues involved.

More to the point, you know that at the same time our allies and we are on the verge of achieving our aims to put our plan into operation. It is still the timing that is of importance, and we are helping create the ideal conditions to enable the go ahead. ...

Now is the time when great decisions are being made, and that applies equally to individuals as well as groups, who can decide your future. The calls for changes reach the ears of those in power, and they dare not ignore you for too long. Those who are well known in their own right also help your cause, and we applaud them for seeing the people of the world as One.

The feeling of being your brother's keeper, comes with having compassion and love for all life. That is what has been lacking for a long time, but with the increasing levels of consciousness more of you are opening up your hearts in this way. (SaLuSa, June 23, 2010.)

All of the time your attention is attracted by world events, the Light is continuing to grow and is creating the protection that is necessary for your safety. In the past the scales have swung one way and then the other, but now the Light holds sway. (SaLuSa, May 24, 2010.)

For eons of time you have been under [the Illuminati's] influence, and in consequence Beings of low vibration have infiltrated your Earth. Now the vibrations have risen considerably, and your Earth is no longer a suitable place for them. As it continues to rise, so their influence is weakened and they lose their power over you. Eventually they will have no option but to leave the Earth, and that time rapidly approaches. (SaLuSa, May 17, 2010.)

Over millennia you have attracted the lower vibrations, and instead of building a paradise upon Earth have allowed the dark Ones to take control. Whatever their degree of success in enslaving you, it was never going to be complete and ultimately their plan was doomed to failure. What you are seeing now is the very demise of their cabal, and with each day it is collapsing into the abyss that they have created for themselves. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

Events on Earth are certainly speeding up, and regardless of how great the confrontation between the dark and Light; never lose sight of the fact that the Light has already become the victor in this battle. Of this we are absolutely positive and you can expect to find proof of it, and you are on the verge of receiving such evidence. Steps that will bring the dark Ones under control are reaching a conclusion, and will considerably curtail their influence.

They know time is running out for them, and they are lashing out in all directions. As you might say, we have our finger on the pulse and they cannot hide their intentions from us. We cannot necessarily stop all of their actions, but in certain circumstances can prevent them from achieving their purpose. (SaLuSa, May 5, 2010.)

It is clearly a battle for supremacy, whilst the dark Ones use every trick in the book to delay the inevitable. Lightworkers steadfastly respond with moves that transmute the lower energies, ensuring that they do not affect their own high standards. The more severe the challenge, the greater is the response accompanied by Love and Light.

The Light is the building block of the Universe, and its power lies in its purity and high vibration. Stay in the energy of Love, and you cannot be assailed by the attempts of the dark Ones to prevent you lifting up. Providing you can contain your emotional reactions, there is no reason why you cannot deflect any such attacks upon you. Conversely, the higher you rise up, the more you are able to hold your position as your Light provides your protection. (SaLuSa, April 21, 2010.)

The fight for control over you has gone on for a long time, and the dark ones were nearly successful. Fortunately, events have been used to limit the opportunities of the Illuminati to achieve any further progress towards their goal. They are struggling to maintain their stance, yet still plot to cause you chaotic conditions. However, they will not be able to achieve as much as they intended, as we are always limiting the likely effect of their covert actions. (SaLuSa, April 19, 2010.)

As time progresses all things will become clear, and you are already beginning to enter a period where anything other than the truth will be revealed to be transmuted. These are of the lower vibration and have no place in the future. As you are certainly noticing, the moves to reveal the truth about Man and his experiences are gaining momentum. We can say quite definitely, that by the time you come to the end of this cycle all stones will have been overturned.

Nothing will remain hidden regardless of how much it has previously been covered up. In view of this it would help your progress, if you took a totally and truthful approach to all matters. Start putting it into action and become that which you really are, a Being of Love and Light. With time it will become easier to do so, as your levels of consciousness are rising much more rapidly. (SaLuSa, April 9, 2010.)

It has taken many years to maneuver the dark ones into a position where their power and influence has waned. Sometimes we can use the very same tactics they use to control you, against them. They rely on creating fear to accomplish their aims, but you are gradually becoming wise to their methods. All in all, you are beginning to see the bigger picture and are not fooled so easily as you were. (SaLuSa, March 29, 2010.)

From entertainment to the economy to earthquakes, the darkness in some individuals has been motivating them to create distractions, disruptions or destruction around your world.

The peak members of the Illuminati are tenaciously grappling with the ever-intensifying light by using whatever means they can to hang onto the tattered remnants of their global empire. No matter where or how they direct their nefarious efforts, and even though some may appear to be working in their favor, any effectiveness will be short-lived. ...

Yes, the dark ones can claim a measure of success there and on other stages in other countries as well. Their myriad forms of distraction, disruption and destruction have delayed, diluted or gutted efforts for positive change; postponed official recognition by international leaders of the presence of other civilizations; and prevented the emergence of other universal and down-to-Earth truths.So it is understandable if you have become impatient or disheartened by mainstream reports of progress - or lack thereof.

However, you would do well to remember that those reports are issued with deliberately incomplete or inaccurate information by third density minds via third density outlets. What higher density minds are accomplishing in the wings of stages worldwide would astonish you if you could but see the light emanating from the various sources and the significant beneficial changes taking form! These changes are leading light-receptive souls out of third density illusion and lies and into the universal reality of the continuum, where the glories of the Golden Age await! (Matthew's Message, March 29, 2010.)

The dark Ones will have to concede defeat, and withdraw so that the Lightworkers can go ahead without being held back. They have more than had their time to see if they could seize total control of the world. They have failed and it is now the turn of the Light to become the dominant force. In fact it will always be so, as no matter how long the cycle lasts the Light cannot be destroyed. If it were so, it would be like saying that God could be defeated. God is Omnipotent and the supreme power of your Universe, and all is held within God's love.

We are ready to act upon instructions to proceed with our plan, that will gently force the remaining issues that are causing delay to be brought to an end, That will clear the way for First Contact and allow us to meet our allies, so that we can quickly get started with the various projects that affect you. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2010.)

The dark Ones fail to comprehend the divine power we can wield, to ensure that your cycle of duality is completed as decreed by the Creator. (SaLuSa, March 22, 2010.)

It will be the commencement of another cycle, but this time of Light without the interference of the dark Ones. They will have moved on to what is appropriate to their present vibration. (SaLuSa, March 17, 2010.)

As the dark Ones continue to lose their power and authority, so the chances of them escaping the inevitable collapse of their power base is unavoidable. Stubbornness and arrogance motivate their resistance to admitting defeat, but it shall be so. In ways that are legal and carry the authority of the Galactic Federation they will be removed. (SaLuSa, March 15, 2010.)

More of the those souls doing the bidding of the dark Ones are questioning their roles, and realise that they have been the unsuspecting dupes that are being used against the people. Such a breakdown amongst their ranks is causing some disarray, and it will continue to grow.

The end is surely in sight, and an assertive move will soon edge you nearer the time of Disclosure. Once their ranks start to fall, it will snowball into a serious break in their chain of command. We are ready to take advantage of it to promote our own plan for your release from them. We are consequently quite occupied with many moves to bring the result that we all need. (SaLuSa, March 5, 2010.)

Let things flow in your lives, and take them as they come. There is little you can do in advance of the announcements, except to keep visualizing what the future holds by looking at all that is positive. That way you will continue to empower the Light, and hasten the day it will banish the dark Ones from the Earth. There is no force involved in this action, but there will be a time when nothing of the lower vibrations will be able to exist in your dimension. It will have been lifted up beyond their reach, and they will find a place at their own level. (SaLuSa, March 3, 2010.)

Whatever delays occur, they will not alter the outcome one bit. We are too well organized to be thwarted by any attempt of the dark Ones to create difficulty. In any event, we hope to have removed them from all positions of power before our mission starts in earnest. (SaLuSa, Feb. 26, 2010.)

We do as much as possible to prevent matters getting out of hand, as the dark Ones have no regard for your approaching Ascension. They listen to no one except their inner urge to destroy all that stands in their way. That will not lead to any conclusion except that they will fail. The Creator has decreed your victory and so be it. (SaLuSa, March 3, 2010.)

The Illuminati are no longer the force that they were, but we have yet to disable them sufficiently to stop all interference in our plans. However, their influence is also falling away, and many who were recruited to do their work are leaving the sinking ship. Not everyone involved with them is necessarily in favor of what they are doing, and with a heightening level of consciousness even their hearts are yearning for the Light to enter their lives. This will happen to many all over the Earth, and souls are awakening to their Higher Selves. No longer can negative acts be carried out without the perpetrator feeling some level of responsibility. The Light is all-powerful and there will no place for those of the dark forces to hide. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2010.)

The dark Ones would love to extend their hold over you, and look to create the conditions in which that may be possible. However, we are pleased to inform you that they no longer have that degree of control, and their chain of command is losing its power base. In the light of revelations that are to come about their activities, they will lose even more power and the end of their rule will be in sight. (SaLuSa, Feb 17, 2010.)

The move towards major changes continues, and our allies are busy pulling the net tighter round the last cabal. Their hands are tied in many respects, and their plans for world domination lay in tatters. Events have progressed too far for any revival and their control is waning. They are no longer able to work as a complete unit, and thereby it is their demise. However the Light workers are used to working in small groups, and that is their strength. (SaLuSa, Feb 12, 2010.)

Dream your dreams Dear Ones; your time has arrived when your freedom and sovereignty falsely taken from you shall be restored. It may take time to fully do so, but it shall be done with our help. Many reforms will be made with a view to bringing back justice, and seeking out corruption and criminal activity. You want a society based upon fairness and honesty where you can trust each other, and that is what you will get. Be assured that the plans for this have already been meticulously made to ensure absolute success. Our allies simply wait their instructions to proceed, and that is not too far away. (SaLuSa, Feb. 10, 2010.)

Your future is tied in with that of the whole Universe and millions of other souls. It is not going to be held back or delayed by the antics of the dark cabal, and their future will continue in their chosen level of experience. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

Do not let your imagination run away with you at the sight of death and destruction caused by the dark forces, their time is up and they lash out in a futile attempt to hide their own doubts and fears. Stand up to their attempts to curb your freedom and impose stricter controls. They intentionally create most of the incidents that occur, and their methods and the secret weaponry used will eventually be revealed. They use advanced technology to create them, and are responsible for the state the world is in. Their influence is everywhere but they are finding it difficult to maintain, as even in their own ranks there is dissension. This means that those who defect are prepared to help those working for the Light, and hasten the end of their illegitimate rule of power. (SaLuSa, Jan. 25, 2010.)

Sadly, not everyone is taking advantage of this [Ascension] opportunity, and that is why duality is still going strong. This will not impede Earth's ascension one iota because that is assured, but it is putting in jeopardy a good destination for souls who choose to continue negative behavior instead of absorbing the light that would enable them to leave forever third density's limitations for growth in spiritual awareness and intelligence.

Individuals in the Illuminati ranks are acting within deep third-density vibrations regarding the global economy, for instance. They still are manipulating banking and commerce through corrupt procedures and regulations on an unimaginable scale. They maneuvered their banks into behemoths that are holding onto their funds instead of dispersing them to spur business growth.

What is intended to appear as a rebounding stock market is simply computers moving the Illuminati's vast fortunes back and forth around the world, and their multinational corporations have been swallowing up or destroying competing companies. Their underground industries of sex slavery and illegal drugs also add billions to their coffers.

But now the fabric of that insidious global network is fraying before your eyes! Via mainstream media, whistleblowers are talking about illegal banking and corporate operations, and respected researchers into many fields are being interviewed about their knowledge of rampant wrongdoing. Thus the energy is gathering that eventually will purge your world of all Illuminati-based activities, and individuals who are trying to piece together their shambled systems soon will have to admit abject defeat.

Please do not expect to hear tomorrow that the Federal Reserve System is being done away as an example of the sweeping reforms around the world, but the Fed's end is coming along with all the other unconscionable dark activities that have caused poverty, wars, diseases, injustices, brutality and oppression. Those conditions and the minds that created them cannot and do not exist in the energy planes Earth is fast approaching. Hold paramount in your thoughts that your linear time is speeding into the timeless continuum, where Earth's Golden Age already has arrived! (Matthew's Message, Jan. 11, 2010.)

From 2009

You have no reason to know how near you came to obliteration, but we assure you that on more than one occasion over the last century you came so close to it. Our intervention was approved by the Higher Council to ensure that your cycle was completed successfully. So you will see Dear Ones, that regardless of what was planned against you for your end times by the dark Ones, it was destined to fail in its aim to enslave you.

So please make your way towards a New Year of many dramatic and uplifting events without any trepidation. You of the Light are already the victors of a long running battle that has seen many civilisations come and go. Stand firm, and stand upright when you meet any remaining challenge, and let the truth be your banner. (SaLuSa, Nov. 4, 2009.)

Your collective Light vibrations have the effect of weakening the ability of the dark Ones to control you. In consequence they resort to Draconian measures to prevent you breaking out of their hold. Their plans continue to erode your liberties, until the ultimate event leads to total enslavement. Dear Ones, do not worry unduly as you will never be completely subdued, and the more outrageous their actions the more evident their real intentions will become. Already the truth is coming out about many covert actions that have taken place. The evidence mounts and very soon shall the leaders of the Illuminati be taken to account for their crimes against Humanity.

As much as they might try, they cannot defeat the Light that is growing in intensity day by day. It is a critical time for the servants of darkness, as there is disarray amongst them with less enthusiasm for the tasks at hand. It is known that there could come an occasion, when they may have to point their weapons at their own kind and for many that is unacceptable. This is an example of how the Light is reaching into people's consciousness, and awakening them as to how they are being used. (SaLuSa, Oct. 7, 2009.)

Everybody is waking up to the Illuminati/New World Order scheme. That's why they're scared. They're doing end-game manoeuvers. They're getting really stupid.

It seems they have three major plans for how to reduce [global] population. Number one, economic collapse leading to anarchy and violence. Number two, swine flu and vaccines that would actually be lethal. Number three, some sort of conflagration or war, perhaps Israel and Iran is the latest one that seems to be going on, that would then lead to some sort of large amounts of death. Again, I think that all these plans will be stopped. (David Wilcock, interview with George Noory, Oct. 6, 2009, Coast to Coast AM, at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d5JTtnXy2Q4&feature=player_embedded.)

The dark Ones have no real answers when competing with the Light, and for a long time feared the success you have achieved. They knew it was inevitable, but true to their colors they obstinately refuse to recognize their demise. Is it not ironic Dear Ones, that they are now the ones who are in a state of fear after having used it as a weapon against you. (SaLuSa, Sept. 21, 2009.)

Not too long ago the future looked grim, but through your determined efforts you have turned the situation around. (SaLuSa, Sept. 21, 2009.)

Of course the Illuminati are interested only in blocking change that further will erode their power - that kind of change absolutely IS scary to them. It portends the end of their long reign, and indeed that end is fast approaching as everything with dark intent is being uprooted so it can be done away with. The unstoppable intensity of the light is propelling Earth ever closer to the Golden Age, where no darkness of any kind can exist. (Matthew Ward, Sept. 21, 2009. )

Disclosure of ages old deception is on your very near horizon, and once there is the first hole in the dike that has been holding back long hidden truths, the outpouring will create shock waves around your world. The enormity of lies, greed, collusion, corruption and heinous acts committed by groups under the Illuminati umbrella will be staggering as they are disclosed, but more so will be the emergence of truth about religions and their dogmas. Everything that the darkness has contrived to enslave Earth's peoples for millennia literally will "come to light" after a period of great upheaval. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

You are nearing the one-year mark since peoples of all nations jubilantly heralded the outcome of the US presidential election and the high energy of Change! radiated throughout your world. Now there is pervasive resistance to change, with hardliners seemingly as firmly entrenched as ever. Please do not feel discouraged! Opposition to reforms is a natural and inevitable reaction during this late phase of Earth's ascension out of third density.

Let us put this into the context of an evening at the theater. The audience is absorbed in the play, a very long story that has dragged on and on with repetitive acts, when suddenly strangers start coming on stage. The cast loudly objects to these newcomers, whose conversations don't fit at all into the storyline, and the audience is confused by the commotion. While some shout for the familiar story to continue, others say they are tired of that play and want to hear what these new folks on stage have to say.

Now, putting that same scenario onto your world's stage, the Illuminati have long profited from that play, which was written ages ago by their preceding generations, and they are resisting all attempts to bring down the curtain on their production. The strangers, some already on stage and others waiting in the wings, are the new and the upcoming leaders who have an entirely different script, one that includes the voice of all who never have been granted a public hearing.

That is a microcosmic view of what is being played out in your world, where the audience sees widespread confusion but doesn't know what is underlying the turmoil. While many are optimistically welcoming change, others don't want anything to upset what they are accustomed to, and only a comparative handful of individuals understands that the force that is driving both casts to dominate the stage also is evoking the differing reactions of observers - that force is the vibratory level Earth has reached, and it is accelerating life itself.

The vibrations are the cause of good and bad - the duality in human nature - becoming more obvious. In communities around the world there are ever-increasing exposures of dishonest civil servants, child molesters, cheaters in businesses, cruelty to humankind and animals, and other formerly unknown or unpublicized acts of brutality and immorality.

This is happening at one end of the emotional spectrum, and at the other is unprecedented compassion for and caring assistance to peoples locally and in far distant countries. You are witnessing the duality in third density life making a strong statement before its last gasp, and despite frantic attempts by dark minds to keep duality going strong, it has served its purpose on your schoolhouse planet and soon will disappear from Earth.

Desperate to hold onto their fast-eroding power, the Illuminati are trying to keep the masses confused, angry and divided because their Plans A and B have failed. Plan A was to prevent the light from entering souls by keeping the peoples in fear, because the energy of fear blocks the incoming light, and that plan worked successfully for centuries.

Fear is such a powerful energy that the psyche cannot long sustain that emotion, so the Illuminati kept jolting the collective consciousness with a series of circumstances and events such as wars, famines, oppressive regimes, heavy taxation, diseases, assassinations - anything that would keep the populace living in fearful times. Plan A went awry after 9/11, which the Illuminati considered their great triumph. The truth is, all souls who perished had agreed to their roles in this pivotal event, and it also was ordained that lightworkers on and off-planet would prevent all subsequent major terror attempts, and they have done so on numerous occasions.

Those failures to keep the war on global terrorism in the forefront of all minds are what doomed Plan A and led to Plan B - putting the global economy in chaos. Briefly that appeared to be working well for the Illuminati, but now they are seeing that plan backfiring. Instead of their gaining even greater control of international monies and the world's natural resources, they are precariously close to losing it all, so they are implementing Plan C: Create confusion, anger and divisiveness by arousing opposition to all reform efforts.

That is why you are seeing vehement pro and con arguments as the extremes of duality are being expressed in various ways throughout your world. Consider the swine flu pandemic, with the pharmaceutical/ medical establishment, abetted by the media, urging everyone to get flu shots while others are doing their best to warn about the dangers of vaccines.

At the same time individuals and groups are doubling efforts to preserve the environment, others are bent upon destroying more lands and seas and wildlife. Aid to relieve the suffering of starving and displaced peoples is being blocked by obstinate rulers. Political in-fighting at all levels of government is taking precedence over the needs of the citizenry, who themselves are divided as to what will best serve their communities and countries.

When Earth reaches still higher vibrations, the dissension will be reconciled into harmonious cooperation for the good of all. But in this moment, the energy produced by opposing sides of issues that profoundly affect life in your world is the only development on the planet wherein the Illuminati can see any hope of success. (Matthew Ward, Sept. 21, 2009. )

There are spiritual considerations that must bring the truth out about your past, as the future period cannot give credence to false teachings that must be eliminated. We have no wish to deny you your beliefs, but without the truth it will prove to be a stumbling block to your progress. There is but the One Truth, and that will bring people together and eliminate those differences that cause so much dissension and conflict at present. (SaLuSa, Sept. 11, 2009.)

The problem on Earth has been that because the Illuminati have set up a powerful system of control, you have not had any choice in the matter. Through fair means or foul they have repeatedly manipulated voting all over the world, and disposed of people that have stood in their way. They are not to be underrated but at the same time we know their plan, and can direct matters to lessen their impact.

They are fearful Beings that live off your fear, but the tables are turning and it is they who are in fear of the consequences of their deeds. No one is so big or clever that they can avoid justice, and of necessity some culprits will be tried under your laws so that the truth can come out. Ultimately every soul stands before the Light, and only the truth can remain within it. (SaLuSa, Sept. 11, 2009.)

The dark are having their last fling as their plans fall apart, and very soon we shall be able to make ourselves known to you. Where you now see decay and ruin, all shall be renewed and Mother Earth shine out into the firmament as she once did in her prime. (SaLuSa, Aug. 14, 2009.)

There is so much happening that is hastening the end of the rule by the dark forces, but true to their colours they needlessly fight to the end. Their days are numbered and many revelations about their illegal operations are waiting to be announced to the world. The truth has to be established for your understanding. (SaLuSa, Aug. 3, 2009.)

Our allies have placed themselves in strategic positions to make sure that they do not rise up again. (SaLuSa, 3 August 2009.)

The dark forces no longer carry the authority they once did, and their chain of command is slowly becoming fragmented. (SaLuSa, Aug. 3, 2009.)

The changes continue unabated, and are coming to the notice of many of you who are aware of what is taking place. There is even a realisation that people are rising up in their consciousness, and more than ever they are moving beyond the old paradigm. It means that they are seeing through the degree of control exercised over them, and how they have been cajoled into supporting the ambitions of the Illuminati.

Suddenly, the idea of perpetuating the war machine that has brought so much death and misery to your planet is being rejected. Peace and the means to achieve it are being openly talked about, and it is opening the eyes of others who have hitherto not considered such an idea. Believe us, Dear Ones, you are rising to the occasion and are spelling out the death knell for the dark ones, whose power is rapidly slipping away. (SaLuSa, Sept. 21, 2009.)

When the monumental level of corruption and deception in your world is exposed, even mainstream media will not be able to silence the revelations. National and international icons will be "dethroned"; dishonest and tyrannical government leaders will be replaced by ones who are benevolent and wise; where war mentality exists, it will give way to peaceful negotiation and poverty will give way to fair allocation of the world's resources. (Matthew's Messages," July 18, 2009.)

The strong hold the dark ones have had on the Earth is loosening. The quality of Light and love that are pouring into your planet is far more powerful than any dark energies of the past. (Mira the Pleiadian, July 7, 2009.)

The reign of terror is about to end. It will make way for the New Earth where war will not occur. (Mira the Pleiadian, July 7, 2009.)

See beyond the outer happenings, knowing that the Light will be victorious and let nothing distract you from your goal. The old cannot possibly be restored as the dark forces relied upon the lower energies to carry out their plans, and these no longer exist as before. Such empires created by the dark for centuries of time, are now crumbling and will fall apart until they completely disintegrate.

Gone also will be the negative influences, and those who were their lieutenants in their war against those of the Light. There is no place on the path to Ascension for those who will not relinquish their attachment to the lower vibrations. At the appropriate time they will be removed elsewhere to continue life to their choosing. You need not therefore be unduly concerned with their last attempts to hold power as [they] will be unsuccessful. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

Now the fight between the dark and Light has come out into the open, and a distinct division is occurring between the two groups. The power is with those of the Light and the truth of recent events is being uncovered. The dark no longer enjoy anonymity by hiding behind others, and those who comprise of the Illuminati are being revealed. Once identified, their activities are curtailed and their power weakened. (SaLuSa, May 15, 2009.)

Your new awareness is making it difficult for those working for the dark to hide their activities. You are seeing where it is occurring and who are the instigators and holding them responsible, and justice will ultimately prevail. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2009.)

Events on Earth continue to speed along, and out of the chaos the truth is being found. You wonder what you have done to bring such experiences into your lives, and those of the Light know that they have been the result of allowing the dark forces to rule. You can now see the manner in which you have been set up to serve their agenda, for your eventual total control.

You have however become much wiser and not so easily fooled, and in consequence you see through the actions around you that are intended to keep you down. Now you question those who deliberately usurp your rights, and you seek explanations from them.

Your new awareness is making it difficult for those working for the dark to hide their activities. You are seeing where it is occurring and who are the instigators and holding them responsible, and justice will ultimately prevail. ...

The dark forces cannot stand facing ultimate defeat, and still cling to the idea that they can succeed in gaining world control. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2009.)

The time is up where the old brigade are concerned, and they are beginning to accept their fate. The more they try to re-establish their power, the more problems they encounter and their whole structure is breaking up. You have many opportunities to loosen their hold upon you, and our allies wait for such times ready to identify the areas that are ready for change. It is a waiting game but our vast knowledge of what is happening on Earth, will ensure we know when it is best to make our moves. (SaLuSa, April 17, 2009.)

The battle on Earth would seem far from over, but in reality the Light has established itself sufficiently to create its own path to Ascension. The dark are losing their ability to prevent you from discovering your true Self, and instead of separating you from your Light, will find that it is you who separate from them. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2009.)

The darkness is falling apart in the most appropriate places. We have never seen them so afraid of losing their hold on you. It is a time for celebration. The old guard is leaving. They are losing ground. In their fear to remain in control they are actually working in polar opposites. The energies now will not be conducive to their old ways. They are crumbling from within. (Mira the Pleiadian, Apr. 7, 2009.)

We come forth this day to speak with you about a very important issue that has been coming forth upon your Earth plane. This has to do with the issue of discernment.

There are Beings upon this world, who are trying to keep the people of this world entrapped in the illusions that they are creating. Know, Dear Ones, that this is not of the Highest Light. Know, Dear Ones, that there is nothing to fear.

Know that the Forces of Light surround this Earth and that there is only now Beings of darkness that are being ferreted out of this Planet.

As the days go forth, these Beings are being gathered up and taken away from this Planet and this Universe and given unto Prime Creator.

As this cleansing is taking place, those Beings who have been infiltrated and used by the dark energies are arising in great agitation in a last desperate attempt to maintain their power and their control. It is for naught, Dear Lightworkers. Their reign upon this Earth is now coming to an end! (Kuthumi and Buddha, "A Message from Kuthumi and Buddha," April 1, 2009, through Marlene Swetlishoff, http://www.therainbowscribe.com/.)

The dark forces intend to create as much havoc as possible, and we intend to prevent it throwing the Earth out of balance. Have no fear, they cannot always get their own way, and in fact they are themselves confused and worried about their loss of power. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2009.)

[The dark] are aware that the people have suddenly awakened to what has been happening for Millennia of time. They never thought to see you as successful in regaining your power, and they face worrying times. Politically they are not the same force, and their criminal acts are soon to be called to account. Once the truth really starts to reach your ears, you will become as one in demanding far-reaching changes. This will be a time of great opportunity to instigate new ways of governance, and ones that more truly reflect the wishes of the people. These will come into being and are necessary to pave the way for establishing an unassailable path to Ascension. (SaLuSa, Mar. 30, 2009.)

You are so near to seeing the foundation of the new Earth being put into place, but first must come a great sweeping away of that which has no place upon it. Patience is required as by your standards changes are slow to come into being. You will however notice firm steps being taken to remove the old structure that was built by the dark forces. Their time of power has finished but some effects will still assail you for a time. (SaLuSa, March 18, 2009.)

To say they are in panic is to put it mildly, and they are at their most dangerous when confronted with failure. However, in spite of their attempts to regain their power, they will be prevented from causing a major event of catastrophic dimensions. That may be their intent to heighten the fear factor, but they will find there are other forces that will oppose them.

This is to be a year when the paths of the Light and dark become clearly defined. People will be faced with some soul searching as to which way to go, and it will be a decision that will determine whether they move towards Ascension. It is not that it will be the last chance, but as time progresses there is less likelihood that people will have a change of heart. If you are undecided now, we would suggest you try to sever your emotional links with the problems that presently beset Man.

Know that there is Light at the end of the tunnel, and it is beginning to emerge at an ever-increasing pace. Believe that you are creating a new scenario, even if the nature of it is not yet visible. The collective consciousness of Mankind is vibrating quicker, and this is how it must be to achieve the level that will take you to Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 18, 2009.)

You have gone through some remarkable experiences since you came into this century, and fortunately you have woken up to what has been happening. Through your remarkable resolve to change the path of Mankind, you have successfully overcome the advance of the dark forces. Not only that, you have set the dark back so that they cannot retrieve their position. ...

Be quite certain in your minds that the Dark Ones are no respecters of your rights, and would trample all over them to achieve global power. However, do not dismay or be fearful as the situation is within our control, and we shall with your help emerge victorious to claim the victory for the Light. (SaLuSa, March 20, 2009.)

No longer can those who are by choice staying in the lower vibrations, delay those who have made their decision to rise up. They will have responded to the Light, and fully deserve their upliftment through the process of Ascension. There is nothing new in this process, as many times you have had to decide which path to follow. The beauty of it is that you cannot make a mistake in relation to your vibration, as you will find yourself at exactly the right level. It is the Law of Attraction, so in fact whether you make a firm choice or not as to where you desire to go, the "right level" will find you. (SaLuSa, Feb. 18, 2009.)

You have entered a period of time that promises much, that will indicate the way your lives will eventually change. You now rightly expect to see steps taken in a direction that will undo the disastrous decisions, made since the turn of the century. The influence of the dark forces does of course go back much further, but it has been more prevalent in recent years. Both the dark and the Light have recognized the coming end of the cycle.

Yet the dark ones still have the arrogance to believe that they can stall your progress, and the final act of Ascension. Their actions have been planned and calculating, but they have reckoned without the power of the people. You have gloriously risen above their fear laden traps to prevent you lifting up your vibrations. You represent a power that operates at a conscious level, and as long as you keep focused on your vision you will be invincible. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

Many times we have told you that the battle with the dark forces has been won, but until you see it fully played out on Earth you will not know for certain. All you need to do now is to keep your focus on your future vision, and thereby ensure that it manifests according to the Law of Attraction. There is to be no wavering of your Will at this stage, and no distraction regardless of the last gasps of the Illuminati who refuse to go gracefully. Like all despots they have a narrow focus that cares little for any one else except themselves. (SaLuSa, 26 January 2009.)

You will see changes in the president's closest advisors. As I told my mother when she was surprised about his appointments and nominees for posts, most notably Hillary Clinton, "These are not cast in marble," and I said that Obama was operating in the wisdom of "Keep your friends close and your enemies closer." You will also see changes in Congress, either a lessening of opposition because members are turning to the light or they will be leaving in disgrace, as will persons in the previous administration.

For several years a gigantic amount of investigation has been going on that ultimately will lead to charges of wrongdoing ranging from corruption to crimes against humanity. This far-reaching effort is being accomplished within legal means that require indisputable evidence, an essential but tedious and time-consuming process, and like all legal matters, progressive developments are not publicly reported.

Other information that will come out incrementally includes proof of situations that have been ridiculed by the disparaging label "conspiracy theory"; insidious mind control programs and methods; deliberately contaminated vaccines and laboratory-designed diseases to reduce the world's population; corruption in "justice" systems; vast underground areas and what goes on there; the real perpetrators of terrorism and wars; the international web of collusion that has been controlling the global economy and commerce, health care, education and mainstream media; the long-time presence of extraterrestrial beings and their meetings with heads of governments; and the strategic divisiveness of religions. The amount of information is staggering, and revealing it in one fell swoop would be too much for any psyche to handle.

As evidence comes forth, emotions will be mixed: shock, disbelief, relief. To the people who believe "official" reports, the revelations are certain to be shocking. Very likely pragmatists will scoff initially, and many, many people will reel. This is understandable, as it is almost impossible to comprehend the vastness, viciousness and secrecy of the darkness that for millennia has controlled everything that affected life on Earth. But to all who have been awaiting the disclosure of long-hidden truths, there will be not only relief that the time has come at last, there will be exultation, and it will be shared by light beings throughout this universe!

This is world transformation, not only the purging of one nation's corruption and deception. The light that is cleansing the United States knows no national boundaries - it is permeating every country in your world and beneath all the current foment, positive changes are underway worldwide.

To the many readers who ask especially about African and Mideastern countries, peace will come more slowly in those regions because of the heavy cumulative karma that has to be transmuted. Also, generations upon generations have inculcated in their children hatred, prejudices and burning desire for revenge, and many of Earth's residents have that orientation. But please do not despair! Within very few years, every country in your world will have honorable, wise leaders and just laws; and tyranny, impoverishment and the inferior status of women will be only lamentable chapters in history books. (Matthew's Message, March 10, 2009.)

Have no fear that in the long run all will answer for their crimes, but spare your judgement as they will be their own strongest critics when their life reviews take place. Do not spend your energy focusing on the dark and their deeds, but turn to all that is of the Light. That is how you will do your best work, and bring Ascension so much nearer. (Ker-On of Venus, Jan. 21, 2009.)

From 2008

The negative influences of the Illuminati are gradually being curtailed, and their power is being taken from them. (SaLuSa, Dec. 31, 2008.)

Looking ahead we see much activity to undo the harm caused by your outgoing government. Fortunately there are many souls that are sufficiently empowered with a higher reasoning and ambition, that have come to Earth to restore the Light. Anticipating your needs at the end times they have intentionally placed themselves all over the world.

They are already emerging and will ensure that the changes that are vitally necessary, are carried out with all speed. Some are experts in the various technical skills needed, whilst others are great communicators who will ensure you are aware of what is to be done. We of course are very much involved in all of these activities, and will eventually act as your command centre and co-ordinator of them all. (SaLuSa, Dec. 31, 2008.)

It may appear at times that it is one step forward, and two steps backwards, but where the dark forces have created points of utter darkness the energies must fully work out. Clearly you would recognize one such area as the Middle East, and it has been sullied and impregnated with the dark energies for hundreds of years. It cannot be cleared except that the people turn to the Light and transmute them and allow for radical changes.

As can be clearly seen it remains a hotbed of altercations and confrontation and the mistakes that should be learnt from are repeated time and time again. There is always talk of peace but, without pure intent and allowance for the differences in their cultures, headway is extremely difficult. You the people hold the key and, when your voices are loud enough, your leaders will be forced to acknowledge your demands for peace.

There is a growing movement throughout the world that is gaining strength, and is [pressuring] the powers that be to come together for the achievement of world peace. We assist it by maintaining a close watch on the covert activities of those who try to destroy such intentions. We prevent the escalation of the warlike attitude of the Western powers that are likely to provoke a major confrontation.

We place no blame or judgement upon them, as they are still controlled by the agenda of the Illuminati. Their power is held by their many representatives at all levels of authority, who often unwittingly carry out their orders without a true realization of the far-reaching consequences. This is most prevalent in your military forces that often do not know for whom or what they are working. They are simply an extension of the Illuminati who use your resources, funded by the taxes on your hard-earned monies. The corruption and misuse of your wealth is criminal to say the least. (SaLuSa, Dec. 29, 2008.)

The world at large has little idea of how corrupt successive governments have been in the U.S., but they are awakening to their methods and are beginning to reject them. As you might correctly say, a handful of people in high places have controlled the world for millennia of time, and have advanced their plans for global control almost to the point of success.

However, they reckoned without the Light, and the many souls who have incarnated upon Earth as Lightworkers to create a shift in power. It has been the invisible force that has gradually penetrated the fortresses of the dark Ones, and weakened their position. The truth has been long arriving in the public sector because your media is largely under the control of the Illuminati, but this has been partially balanced by the freedom of expression from your Internet sources.

Before very long there will be changes that will bring back free speech, and once those with stories to tell feel safe from retaliation you will be astounded at what has been going on in your name. Your greatest fears will seem insignificant, when you learn the truth of how close you came to totally losing your freedom and becoming enslaved. We tell you these things because we wish you to know that you are not alone in your fight against the dark forces. (Atmos, Dec. 17, 2008.)

From our perspective we see all in the Now and [that] is why with full confidence we can assure you that you have already won the battle with the dark forces. They are being subdued and their power taken from them, but still refuse to recognize a lost cause. Their part in duality has almost been played out, but you have yet to learn the full truth where they are concerned. [Revealing it] is part of our plan, as many of you have no idea of the way you have been used to fulfill the dark agenda. (Ker-On of Venus, Dec. 12, 2008.)

You have recently crossed a threshold of tolerance for the insanity that typically passes for news in which the collective cry of "Enough is enough!" has made itself heard by the learned societies of governance that have maintained control of the planet's ruling powers.

The game draws near an inevitable end, and those who still cannot discern the difference between the game and the greater reality are set to become initiated into the mysteries of what is, at the expense of their illusions.

New information is making itself known far and wide, and so the time has come to impress upon your collective mind the image of peace among those who were once considered to be enemies and prosperity for those who have long thought themselves to be poor and the system to be so easy to corrupt by the wealthy that things would never change. (Pleiadian Renegades, "Echoes," Dec. 4, 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/57940/echoes-pleiadian-renegades.)

Currently there is a shaking up of the riffraff on all levels on the Earth. They have received the "Seal of Disapproval" and are beginning to be removed from seats of power and influence. Some are getting out by the seats of their pants and you will see more of this until things begin to stabilize. It will take a while.

It is unfortunate that so many have suffered from such bad behavior like greed, self-interest, and selfishness. These behaviors cannot survive much longer with the new energies of Light. The Light is searching out the darkness and people will either come around or find themselves elsewhere. (Mira the Pleiadian, Dec. 4, 2008.)

There is little that the dark forces can do to reverse the process that is transmuting the dark energies. Their power is being taken from them, and is being returned to the people. Beware however that attempts will still be made to stop the progress of the Light and truth. That will be short lived as the dark will be forced to withdraw their agenda for global control. They no longer have the influence to continue with their plan, and even some of those who supported it are pulling out. (Ag-Agria, Dec. 3, 2008.)

The truth is surely stranger than fiction, because you have been misled by the dark forces that covered it up. Now there is no stopping the avalanche of truth that is building up. It will engulf the world, and release you from the careful web of deceit that the dark ones have used to keep you under their control.

It is up to each individual to spread the truth as it becomes known, but it will not be fully brought into the being until we are in open contact with you.

There are many dear souls who speak quietly, and dare not risk their lives or that of their families by speaking out aloud. These are the times when the truth must emerge and the cleansing cannot be complete until it is fully told.

Your history must be re-written according to the truth that has been concealed for millennia of time. It will be hard for some of you to contemplate, as you have lived in the darkness for so long. The truth can sometimes stare you in the face and you are still in denial and the cover-up in connection with UFO's is one such glaring example. It is fear and deliberate false information that has formed your beliefs. However, consider what it is that holds you back and try to keep an open mind. It will not be long before absolutely undeniable truth of our presence and our craft will be presented to you all. (Ag-Agria, Dec. 3, 2008.)

You might imagine that the truth would be welcomed with open arms, but for many it is seen as a disturbance and interruption to their way of life. Everyone must consider the broader picture as it is what is good for all and operates in fairness, and stands for equality and justice without favour to any particular group. It must come into being. (Ag-Agria, Dec. 3, 2008.)

You may have noticed you are now in a time when disclosures about the conspiracies that have held you down, are coming out thick and fast. This is another aspect of the power of the higher energies that are being grounded upon Earth. They are not just opening people's eyes to the truth, but empowering their Light so that they are no longer afraid to speak. It has a snowball effect and once it is underway, there will be an avalanche of revelations as others gain confidence to come forward.

You have a most apt statement that "the truth shall set you free" and that process is gaining momentum. It is an energy that you can feel and intuitively know that you can accept it. Of course some of you wrestle with the traditional understanding that has been forced upon you, because no one likes to be shown as susceptible to the falsehoods that have been presented as the truth.

However, you are not alone in this predicament, as Mankind has been fed with lies and manipulated for millennia of time. All of you have at various times succumbed to the dark forces, and in your innocence accepted their authority. They have been cunning and all-powerful using whatever means that supported their agenda, but power corrupts and it has brought them down. They have imploded through their own greed and egotistical belief in their own immortality. All through your history you will find that the most powerful leaders and their minions, have been the architects of their own demise. (SaLuSa, Nov. 26, 2008.)

What you call the whistleblowers are coming out into the public arena, but as yet your controlled media is prevented from reporting on such revelations. However, the pressures upon them are increasing to allow more free journalism, and you may yet see a change of direction. After we have made open approaches to you and meet your leaders, then we can safely say that the media will have to change and we shall ensure its freedom is restored.

We will as promised have direct contact with you and nothing will be able to stop us communicating with you. We can override your present systems and fully protect our own broadcasts. Learning the truth about us is a vital issue, and will figure prominently in our initial contacts with you. (SaLuSa, Nov. 14, 2008.)

What is happening is that the dark forces are losing their power, and finding much more resistance to their attempts to maintain the old ways. They are being gradually removed from their positions of power. Be assured that behind the scenes there is far more happening than appears on the surface.

You are experiencing the inevitable breakdown of all that has no place in your future. One that has in part been set in motion by you, but also manifests in accordance with the divine plan that covers this period leading up to completion of the cycle. (SaLuSa Nov. 24, 2008.)

[The dark forces] must be removed before global control is co-ordinated and directed in a way that benefits you as planned. We will contact all governments as part of our protocol and it will be made clear that total co-operation is expected. We come to work with you on a plan that is to lift up your world and your people. It is worldwide in its scope, and will address problems that have brought about your present conditions. (Atmos, Nov. 12, 2008.)

The path of Humanity is destined to take you out of the control of the dark forces. Already they plan to influence the new President, but they reckon without his determination to create a new paradigm that brings fairness and honesty into politics. There will be much cleansing within the halls of power, none more so than the many organizations that have supported the Illuminati. Once the people see the changes for good taking place, it will result in an upsurge of support for them and there will be no place for the dark ones to hide. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

The dark will find very soon that their power is being curtailed and there will be growing opposition to their attempts to cling onto it. It has been written that the dark shall concede to the Light and so allow the final stage of this cycle to go ahead. Therefore you can remove your attention from the dark forces and their demise and focus on manifesting your vision of the future. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

Those who have realized that the fight is over are soon to surrender to the greater good, though this process of surrender will not come in the form of public apologies, but rather in the form of action, new views, and a change of heart that will precipitate great forward movement. (The Andromedans, "The Andromedans Speak," Nov. 1, 2008, at www.ThinkWithYourHeart.net.)

The dark forces are in fact losing their way as their own structure of command breaks up. They cannot buy their way out of the demise of their system of governance that has brought them thus far. It will by nature be an untidy end to their set up, as their minions are rooted out and replaced by law-abiding people who are motivated by their love of mankind. (SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2008.)

Until recently it seemed that you were under the total control of the dark forces, as they speak well and seem to promise a better future. However, their ways are intended to mislead you whilst planning greater and more Draconian controls over you.

An ongoing battle between the Light and dark has been taking place for eons of time. In your present cycle, you are now opening up to the Light more than at any earlier time, and it has become well established upon Earth. Looking around you at the chaotic happenings you would think otherwise, but that is only the outer appearance of change. Within the hearts of so many more souls the Light is growing, and is being continually drawn to Earth with the consequent upliftment of the vibrations.

It is a time to hold fast in your beliefs, and not be deterred or distracted by the final struggles of the dark forces to hold onto power. They are losing control and destined to collapse in the very near future. There is no going back for them and although they refuse to recognize defeat, they can no longer command the support that they previously enjoyed.

They seek to destroy the old structure of control and replace it with measures that increase their power, but in fact they will be unable to do so. They have been instrumental in bringing about their own demise, and are in their death throes. Be assured that they talk big and loud, but behind that façade they are deadly worried as they are losing their power and influence. (SaLuSa, Oct. 27, 2008.)

On a higher level you can perhaps realize that there [has been] a battle ... between the dark and Light, but we can tell you it is already won.

The dark influences are now ebbing away on Earth and losing their power, and it is time to remove them for once and for all. The dark also know this and desperately cling to their positions, and act irrationally by trying to extend their control into Space. We can assure you that the line has been drawn against certain activities that would endanger life on and beyond your Earth, and they are therefore curtailed in what they can do. (Ker-On of Venus, Oct. 22, 2008.)

The direction that your world is taking ... is ever towards the light. There is a faltering of the previously formidable power that has maintained and conserved the old energy vibration and reality. That world is in its death throes. (The Brotherhood of Light on Barack Obama, channelled through Kathleen Long in Mark Huber e-mail, 14 Oct. 2008.)

As you might imagine, we have not come thus far to be thwarted by the continued actions of the dark forces. They have been allowed to play out their hand, and it was seen that they would implode of their own volition.

It clearly has resulted in many hardships and continues to do so, but you have our assurance that in the immediate future all will be well. (Atmos, Oct. 13, 2008.)

You do not realize for one moment how much has been done to help you through this vital period. We, along with the many councils that oversee your evolution, have constantly worked for your well being. We do not interfere with your freewill but have always kept a balance between the dark and Light, to give you every opportunity to lift up out of the lower vibrations. Whilst you have determined the nature of your experiences, we have ensured that the Divine Plan works out. (Atmos, Oct. 13, 2008.)

The Galactic Federation have made clear what you can expect with their coming to Earth, and they offer great help having foreseen the mass destruction that the Illuminati planned for your demise. Very few of you have a realization of how far their plans extended, and the degree to which they had been advanced.

They had success in their grasp, but have had it snatched from them through joint activities with our allies. (SaLuSa, Oct.10, 2008.)

Your country is now bankrupt yet at one time it was extremely wealthy, but your wealth has been channelled into the families who have controlled your lives. Through manipulation and covert actions they have kept you in need, and at the same time spent your hard-earned dollars on war and politics to gain world control. Their actions are no longer secret but even so you will be shocked to learn the extent of their power, and the draconian and fearful measures they have used.

Some people have been easily fooled, and there remains a difficult period during which we will have to provide much evidence of what has been taking place in your name. That will not tax our ability to do so, and we shall make the truth known on a world-wide basis. Your media will be unable to stifle or hide the truth, and they have been as a guilty as anyone at hiding it.

In the future your leaders will be chosen for their honesty and integrity, and their spiritual awareness. They will speak openly and truthfully and shall intuitively know what is needed. Our presence will be as ones who assist in ensuring the new plan eventually works for all people wherever they are, and equality will be our byword as the standards of your lives are raised up. So many problems will be overcome in the first few months of our contact with you. (Diane of Sirius, Oct. 8, 2008.)

I've had a series of very important, delicate and historic meetings in Paris today regarding the future, the destiny, of Europe, Asia, Africa and the Americas, similar to meetings that have taken place all around the world these last few weeks. ...

What you are seeing is the end of power as it was known on Earth and thank God it is.

This end of power is scaring ... those who have been feeding on it for ages and ages of time. They are seeing their empires crumble. They are seeing their fortunes lost. They are seeing everything they thought they were collapse in front of them, and the world is changing. (St. Germain, "Farewell to Power," 4 Oct. 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

Since the days of late Lemuria into Atlantis this concept of power has built and built and built. It has been brought forth into this modern - you call it modern - age and it has ballooned. It has gotten out of control. And what is happening in the world right now, as it shifts into a New Energy and a new consciousness, is power is not permitted.

To the point right now, power is the poison. And you're going to see it again and again when you read the headlines and you see what's happening in the world. The very power that people have held onto in the past, starting with the largest and most powerful institutions, is going to be their poison. The more they hold onto it, the more poisonous it will become. The more they try to believe in it, the more venomous it will be. The more they try to use it against another, the more it will strangle them. It will choke them. It will take the life out of them.

Power is a consciousness of itself. Power has reached a point in its cycle where it cannot be power anymore. It cannot be opposing masculine/feminine or light and dark. It has outgrown itself. It is seeking its freedom from the old consciousness that it has been in and now it is turning on itself. Power is poisoning and killing itself and anyone who holds onto it. (St. Germain, "Farewell to Power," Oct. 4, 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

Power is poison right now ... to those who are in government positions, who have had their little games, who have had their little empires, who have thought more about themselves and about their little group that supports them. I'm not talking about necessarily just the elected officials, I'm talking about the bureaucrats. The bureaucrats are going to find themselves out. The bureaucrats are going to find a whole new ... a whole new legion of beings that are coming in to actually serve, not to take. The ones who have been holding on to the little thrones of power are going to find themselves in a world of hurt also. (St. Germain, "Farewell to Power," Oct. 4, 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

What you are seeing right now is a farewell to power, the loss of power, power as the poison on Earth right now. It is sweeping across every institution of power. You are going to see it even in things like universities and schools, in the police departments, in the militaries, because what used to be the very thing that sustained them is now going to be the thing that collapses them.

You're going to see, in this shift, well, you're going to see chaos. I won't sugarcoat that one. You're going to see it all around. Some of you are going to experience it as close as your own families and friends. They're going to lose things. They're going to be in pain and suffering - at least the illusion of it. They're going to wonder where God is, and that's going to be the most difficult of all the questions.

You're going to see them on their hands and knees praying and praying and praying, getting themselves into a frenzy, because they derive power off of a false god every time they prayed to it. They weren't praying to God, they were praying for power. And when they pray now, they're going to be drinking in the poison of Old Energy and it's going to have to change them. (St. Germain, "Farewell to Power," Oct. 4, 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

The darkworker Alliance have plans in place yet these are no longer calmly orchestrated as they once were in the sheer knowing that they would manifest with ease. These are hastily grabbed plans that have not been thought through and they vibrate within old energies, long gone and currently leaving, and these plans have fallen before they even start. (The White-Winged Collective Consciousness of Nine, "Alignment to Earth Ascension," channeled through Magenta Pixie, Oct. 4, 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/48417/alignment-earth-ascension.)

Like all souls, [the dark] have the choice to accept the light and live within it, or physical death will happen [to them] when Earth reaches the frequencies where only light-filled bodies can survive; then, in accordance with universal laws, their souls automatically go to placements where the energy is commensurate with [their] physical lifetime energy. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 24, 2008.)

These Earth puppets of the darkness have been seeing their power erode to the extent that it is "do or die" time, and despite their failure in plot after plot, they feel that they still have a chance to prevail if they can prevent both of the following scenarios that indeed will be "very substantial and disruptive" events. They cannot prevent either.

First, the undeniable presence of other civilizations. If safety cannot be assured for people on the planet and souls in the star nations themselves for their announced appearance Oct. 14, [2008] the delay in that occurrence would not be lengthy--simply, the time for this has come. And when it happens, it will be extremely disruptive especially within the US government, which long has been under Illuminati control and thus denied even the possibility of other civilizations' existence, much less admit that extraterrestrials have met with its leaders and the consequences meted out to those beings who came with only peaceful intentions.

Second, the truth about who planned and executed "9/11." In the higher vibrations in which Earth is now orbiting, that truth cannot be hidden much longer; when it emerges along with its even deeper purpose than controlling oil resources in the Mideast, which is to dominate the entire planet and kill or enslave its peoples, the Illuminati's long reign of terror will meet its just end. The global impact of these two major events is part of the ongoing world transformation and spiritual renewal of Earth's humankind, the God-blessed "ascension" joint venture with your space brotherhood that all of you on the planet chose in pre-birth agreements to be participants. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 14, 2008.)

There is a sense of impending change even with those who are not spiritually aware, and as the new higher energies continue to reach the Earth so it will become more apparent. A stirring is taking place all over the world, and there are powerful movements forming that are determined to remove corrupt and dictatorial governments.

For a long time we have told you that the truth is coming out and today you see this to be true. The arrogance of those who thought they had covered up their crimes and would never be discovered, has changed to one of near panic as they see the walls of truth is approaching them from all sides. (Ag-agria, Sept. 1, 2008.)

There is no escape and as much as they try to stem it, the truth continues to haunt them because of their dastardly deeds. Whilst it is true that they have little in the way of regret and their consciousness is awash with denial, they can still have an awakening Light within. They dare not face it, and will unsuccessfully try to avoid answering to themselves for their crimes against Humanity. (Ag-agria, Sept. 1, 2008.)

Needless to say, as always we are abreast of what is taking place, and have a total picture of the likely outcome of the impetus created by you. ... We are ready to seize control on your behalf as soon as it is practical to do so and prevent any madcap actions by the dark as they contemplate defeat. We know exactly how they think and will curtail any attempts to prevent the Light from manifesting on your world. (Diane of Sirius, Aug. 6, 2008.)

The dark are suddenly facing the reality of their own demise and for those who have wielded so much power it is a great shock. Now there is fear amongst the Illuminati, as having seemingly achieved their goal to establish their authority over all others, it is now slipping away. Other countries have recognised the path being trod, and Russia in particular having been broken apart by insidious interference in their affairs, have risen up again with an agenda to create a peaceful world.

They are a great power within their own rights, who stand against the criminals who govern the US. There is indeed a bloc of countries that oppose the US, and they are unknowingly helping create the conditions that will allow for the massive changes needed. (Diane of Sirius, Aug. 6, 2008.)

Needless to say, as always we are abreast of what is taking place, and have a total picture of the likely outcome of the impetus created by you. It means that our allies can seize opportunities to push forward with their own agenda, and it will speed up the final stages that will allow the first major changes to appear. However, patience is still required as, having come thus far, we do not intend that all of your good work and ours shall be set back by moving too quickly.

We are ready to seize control on your behalf as soon as it is practical to do so, and prevent any madcap actions by the dark as they contemplate defeat. We know exactly how they think and will curtail any attempts to prevent the Light from manifesting on your world. (Diane of Sirius, Aug. 6, 2008.)

Although censorship still exists to some extent in mainstream media, with newscasts and the press reporting a bank closure, others with losses in the $billions, and the bankrupt status of major mortgage-makers and many smaller lenders, truth is beginning to emerge about what has led to this state of fiscal affairs. (Matthew's Message, July 27, 2008.)

Much of what still is happening is sad indeed, and we weep with you at the on-going destruction of life and land. The dark energy streamers set in motion long ago must run their course, but now they are barely a flicker of their once flaming strength.

Evolution, not revolution, is underway, and it is a process whereby your desires for benevolent changes are being honored within your own laws that were established in honesty and justness but subverted by dark minds to serve their purposes. You have seen some evidence of progress during the first half of your year 2008 and we can promise that you will be seeing much more during the second half as the power of the light continues its "clean sweep" of your world. ...

I ask that you keep in mind that in situations where the heavy hand of darkness still is at work, its lingering influence is weakening as each moment passes and the light is steadily growing in intensity. Plans based in darkness will not come to fruition and all cruel and unjust laws, policies and traditions will be struck down and in their stead, love and fairness will reign. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2008.)

Another great amount of light evoked by those not-so-natural disasters is coming from the worldwide outpouring of sympathy and compassion, and assistance efforts where they are allowed. This is an example of third density duality running its course: The heartfelt offers of food, shelters, medical care and funds are evidence of the magnification of positive energy at work, and refusal of that desperately needed aid is the magnification of negative energy. Yes, energy itself is neutral, but it carries tentacles, or attachments, of light (positive) or darkness (negative) in accordance with the initiators' motives, and the opposing motives in the aid issue is duality playing itself out.

More evidence of this dual energetic influence are the ever increasing numbers of stories about people in all walks of life, from small townships to national and international bodies, who have been engaged in such [activities] as sexual molestation, embezzlement, bribery, robbery, illegal business negotiations, child pornography and blatant lies; and at the other end of this particular spectrum is the truth being disclosed. Eventually there will be no "sacred cows" remaining as nefarious activities even in long-honored institutions keep emerging into the limelight.

This "housecleaning" within governments, religions, banking, corporations, education, commerce, medicine and health care - every source that has been instrumental in forming your beliefs and conscripting your activities - will continue until all those sources of deception and corruption have been purged. This spiritual and moral cleansing is in tandem with, and is as imperative to your world as, the geographic cleansing, so please don't feel dismayed or disgusted as one after another of these exposures comes forth - instead, welcome their "coming to light" because each is another step forward to Earth's Golden Age. (Matthew's Message, 21 May 2008.)

From 2004

I have mentioned before that when Earth reaches a certain frequency, the bodies of people who have refused the light - which would both bring spiritual clarity and sustain physical life in lighter densities - will die and the souls automatically will descend to a low world where energy registration is the same as their lifetime free will choices. That world will be at a rudimentary cognitive level so learning can begin without the remnants of darkness to influence choices.

I want to clarify that this does NOT refer to people who are still "in the dark" through the innocence of ignorance, but to those who consciously know the difference between the light and the dark. With full knowingness of their souls' chosen missions, they are willingly ignoring them and instead are choosing to continue causing massive death and suffering for millions of souls outside of those souls' pre-birth agreements for experiencing. (Matthew's Message, July 16, 2004.)

The changes Earth is experiencing are solidly forward into the light. The light forces' unseating of the eons-long, dark status quo is being countered by the last gasp efforts of the darkness. They're out of time for subtle strategies and developments, which is why there are such blatant claims without foundation, legislation without proper approval, war zones, new laboratory-made diseases released, and unprecedented government spending in a bankrupt global economy. People generally would be hard-pressed to even imagine the machinations of the Illuminati in their desperation to hang on.

How much longer they can clutch onto waning power depends upon the actions and reactions of the population they are trying to keep controlled. What will dislodge the last vestiges of this control is love-light spreading throughout Earth with such steady brilliance that it obliterates darkness. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 8, 2004.)

The People Must Register Their "No"

From 2020

You live in tumultuous times and you live in a time of fulfilment. … You are leaving compassion and latitude for correction and understanding.


You are bringing to light what needs to be revealed so it doesn’t destroy the fiber of your society. …


When you see the shadow, it defines the light. (Jesus through Linda Dillon, Heart Call, Sept. 19, 2020.)

From 2013

The politics that controls all countries, all peoples, all economies and resources of your planet homeland has been instrumental in bringing your world to the devastated state it’s in.

In no country on Earth are people free. For millennia the dark souls of civilizations beyond your planet have been influencing their willing Earth brothers and sisters in leadership positions to deceive and intimidate the rest of the people. Regardless of who holds national leadership roles, they rule by the dictates of those forces that are unknown to the people and perhaps even to the rulers.

The influence of those dark alien puppeteers has resulted in all declarations of war and all decisions regarding economies and resources of the world. Their secondary aim is increasing the control and wealth of Earth’s leaders, whose greed for power makes them eager puppets, thus today you have a world with unprecedented concentration of vast riches, impoverished nations, willful environmental destruction and corruption oozing out of corporate connections with governments.

The ultimate aim of the puppeteers is annihilation of your planet. That will NOT happen, but beneficial changes for all require a change in the character of your world’s leaders. Voices must be raised with demands for leaders of spiritual integrity – that kind of character is exemplified, not merely proclaimed. I don’t mean that no leaders ever have been strong in virtues or that no voices ever have been raised to protest injustice and inequities – indeed there have been those individuals. Many of those brave souls suffered or died for that, and much of their good works has been undone by succeeding generations who blindly followed self-serving leaders.

Now, the collective will of the people is rising to expose and oppose this situation. As lies are exposed, more lies are being told, and those will be exposed too. Tyrannical regimes must and shall change. Although plans are afoot for this peaceful revolution through a joint effort between your civilization and many of your space family, that does not absolve any of you who desire a finer, brighter world from the responsibility of helping to create it. You all chose to be where you are at this time precisely so you could do exactly that! Actually, some of you embodied in other lifetimes as great leaders on Earth and well beyond, and you are back now to take on similar inspirational and constructive roles.

It is on three levels that you must act so that honorable governing bodies will be achieved. The first level is spiritual, and I’ll tell you what spiritual is NOT: It is not membership in any of the multitude of your religions. It is not the self-righteousness that is evident in great abundance. It is not escaping into a head-in-the-sand “prayer life.” It is not believing that neither good nor evil exists because those are only judgments. It is not accepting that everything is in divine order and will run its course without your participation. It is not refraining from seeing what is going on in your world because you’ve been told it’s all an illusion anyway. I am not saying that there is no truth in any of that; what I’m saying is that spirituality is not an inherent aspect of any.

The spiritual level on which you will change your leaders from being darkly-ruled themselves to people worthy of being leaders – true leaders with spiritual integrity – is within your hearts. That’s your usual depiction of where love resides, is it not? Actually, the sensation of love is a province of the soul, but it has strong physical effects at the heart that instantly spread throughout your entirety to uplift you in spirit, mind and body.

Love starts with self, with living so that loving self is as natural as breathing. Only then can you give and receive love. Love is contagious, unlimited, omnipresent. It is what changes bleakness of spirit into fullness of spirit, illness into health, lack into prosperity. It is the absence of love that breeds all the woes of your world, and it is filling the void with love that will cure the woes. This is not asking you to love what brings misery and deprivation and harm! It is asking you to simply feel love so you can send forth that energy – it will seek its way to the void.

The second level is mental—deeply thinking to discern what is truth and what isn’t instead of buying into what candidates say. The catch is, what information is truthful and what is not? What sources can be trusted? You have been deceived for eons by a few souls in one generation after another after another whose intent is to retain the control over you, so access to the truth is not easily come by. How can I put this so it is not a series of Don’ts? Always I prefer to be positive in statements, and I’ve already compromised that by my explaining what being spiritual isn’t.

Very well, I know how to proceed—think of what you want in your world. If that is peace and harmony and cooperation, that’s where to focus your thoughts. What will bring that to the world? Think of what will: Respect and dignity for all races and faiths and genders; help wherever help is needed; equitable sharing of Earth’s massive riches; cures of all diseases; education, fulfilling work and comfortable homes for everyone; honesty, kindness, compassion, fairness, harmony, sharing, justness, forgiveness.

Think of all those qualities and circumstances and let your heart and conscience guide you to the candidates you most closely identify with them. The words of campaign promises are worthless without a candidate’s heart and soul in them. Let your heart and soul, not just your eyes and ears, lead you to the persons who exemplify the love and light that’s needed to uplift your world.

The third level is action. If you want leaders whom you trust and respect, work toward that end. Publicly and financially support the people you want in office, but if that isn’t possible, then put forth your intention through the power of your energy focused on those persons actually holding the positions -  I can’t emphasize too strongly the power of intent! You can be sure that the current people in power will have their supporters actively working because those folks get the trickle-down largesse in exchange. You who want love, peace and harmony will receive those incomparably greater victories in exchange for the energy you put forth to create them.  (God in Matthew's Message, July 4, 2013.)

From 2011

Steve Beckow: Is there a piece of the puzzle yet to come, or is Occupy Together the piece of the puzzle that we've been waiting for?

Archangel Michael: It is the rallying point. The piece of the puzzle is the growth. It is the growth of so many people simply saying, "No." It is the power of No. Very often, humans have come to understand - particularly the light holders, light workers, have understood quite clearly the power of Yes. But they have not fully embraced or understood the power of No.

And so, as the numbers grow, as that shift takes place, then the political inaction will see where their support really is. And support in that sense is in numbers. SB: So we need to get out there.

AAM: And understand: to get out there in peace. To get out there in peaceful resistance. It is the rebirth of hope in so many ways that is so encouraging. And that is why the Company of Heaven has not come in and just done clean-up. We would rather do it in partnership.

SB: All right. What do I say to those who say that "no" is negative?

AAM: "No" is not negative. It is part of the definition of the dimension and the reality and the experience that you are having. You do not say, "Oh, yes, you may trample on me, you may trample on my rights, you may take away my freedom."

Those are innate rights. This is your birthright. It is why you have come. It is to know the joy of physicality. It is to know the evolution, not only of your species, but of the entire planet, of this entire organism. "No" has come to mean refusal, or departure. But when you say "No, this is not acceptable behavior, this is not of light," it is part of that pulling down, it is part of the destruction.

People are very afraid of this word. They are almost as afraid of the word of destroy as they are of surrender. And you know what? Those two are very intimately connected. "No" is simply saying, "Change course. Not allowable. Not of love. ...

And you need to understand that, no, the power of "No" is misunderstood. And it does not mean negative. It means shift the energy completely. It is saying no, and turning back the tide. What you have not fully come to realize in terms of the usage - and when I say you, dear heart, I mean you, the collective - what you do not understand in terms of the usage of your innate abilities is that when you say no, your shields are up, your sword is drawn, and what you perceive as the danger, or the enemy, or, yes, the darkness, will turn around and go. ...

Do not underestimate the power of no. Because also when you are saying no you are commanding and praying for divine intervention. You are asking for help. And when that cry comes up, it is heard. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Oct. 1, 2011 - Part 1/3," at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-13/.)

Archangel Michael: But here we are, in a time of movement, where the populace is reclaiming what is theirs.

Steve Beckow: So are you restraining yourself in order to allow us to play our part?

AAM: That is correct.

SB: Then I guess we'd better get a move on.

AAM: When we say we are pushing and pulling, I am not just speaking metaphorically. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Oct. 1, 2011 - Part 1/3," at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-13/.)

Last Gasp False-Flag will be Thwarted

From 2012

Be on your guard in these closing times as the dark Ones, although severely weakened, are planning a last gasp attack on you. We can help you repel them and lessen any outcome of their activities, and you can lead the way. The most positive assistance you can give is by keeping your focus on the Light and, when many of you do it, it is a powerful force that minimizes the effect of the lower energies.

Whatever rumors you hear, do not allow them to make you fearful as disinformation is intended to create conditions that favor the dark Ones. Obviously some will be based on truth, but even so you can take note and trust that the higher powers that includes us are working hard to avoid any major incident. (SaLuSa, July 23, 2012.)

Containment

From 2013

These souls are finding themselves unable to have much of a say in what is to occur in your immediate future and beyond the containment of the cabal heads and the ongoing negations with their descendants, we are happy to say that the cabals are playing a decreasing role in the future of humanity ...

These souls have been taking the money of humanity in a desperate attempt to keep their dying occult financial system online for just a little bit longer, and in the same avenue they too have been feeding off of humanity’s negativity and the descendants of the cabal heads who are not in containment are finding it much harder to gain sustainability via the energies humanity is putting out, for two different reasons.   (SanJAsKa, "An Entire Paradigm of Secrecy is about to be Shattered," channelled through Wes Annac, April 24, 2013, http://aquariusparadigm.com.)

Archangel Michael: A great deal of the free-energy people are still slightly, can we say, underground, under cover.

SB Aren't they in containment Lord?

AAM Not everybody who is wealthy from these enterprises is in containment. And do not even forget that not even a middle level manager, we are not talking about brutality or murder, but we are talking about sabotage and the ability to throw a spanner in the works. So there is some residual fear on the part of those that are working on free energy to completely go public. But they will be there shortly. (Archangel Michael in a personal reading with Steve Beckow, March 8, 2013.)

In the past there have been many references to arresting those who are the ringleaders of the dark Ones, and steadily they have been rounded up. You have also heard of "Containment" and in this way we have been able to severely restrict their activities. Mass arrests were considered likely to evoke panic amongst you, as few would have had any knowledge of why it was happening.

So we have opted for gradual changes and placed our representatives who are our allies, in positions that give more control to those of the Light. However, once we can come out openly, you will then see rapid changes taking place for which we have long been prepared. We assure you that you will eventually enjoy all of the benefits that have been promised to you, and we will be doing all we can to assist you. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2013.)

It is important that you give of your energy to all that is pure and positive, without expending it on matters relating to the Illuminati and their actions. Their time is now very limited as their actions are being curtailed until they can be completely stopped. They no longer represent the threat that they used to, and Beings of Light are limiting their power so that they can be kept under control. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2013.)

From 2012

During the time of Atlantis, we did not invoke or practice containment. That is the biggest change [in Ascension], the shift that we have put in place during this time of change. (" Transcript: Archangel Michael - The Light Agenda, December 19 2012, Final Episode," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/12/transcript-archangel-michael-the-light-agenda-december-19-2012-final-episode/).

Geoff West: Benjamin Fulford wrote in his weekly message last week that the Committee of 300, which includes the Queen and the Pope, are now supporting Obama for President. Does this mean that they have now agreed to surrender to the global changes taking place? And is this significant?

AAM: What is significant is the amount of support, and yes, the quality of the support, can we say, from every corner of the planet, but also from very diverse interests that are there to support Obama, but what you are also seeing in many of the listeners who always say, "Show us the signs, show us the change."

So this is a very significant indicator of change, that those who have been in containment, from full containment to what we call very light containment, are being penetrated and their hearts are shifting and opening.

We have been very clear. Everyone is expected, invited, and welcome to ascend with Gaia. And so you are seeing the shifts of heart in those that you previously may have had ... been very skeptical of them changing their agenda.

GW: ... Maybe a question I'd like to kind of know personally, for me, a geopolitical question about Canada, is Canadian Prime Minister Harper in containment? Can we expect a shift in his actions, or will events have to occur to bring a change in governance?

AAM: Harper is in middle containment. He is not in severe containment, but he is in mid-containment. And so there will be a change of heart there as well, and a change of heart in the rigorous nature of his policies. ("Archangel Michael: This Election Clears the Way for Obama to Step into the Truth of His Being," Nov. 8, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/11/archangel-michael-this-election-clears-the-way-for-obama-to-step-into-the-truth-of-his-being/#more-151450 .)

SB: All right, Lord. I have a reader who wants to know if British Prime Minister David Cameron is in containment.

AAM: He has been in some very mild containment. And we have used the analogy before of various levels that you have on Earth of imprisonment. So you can think of David Cameron as simply being on a day pass.

SB: Day pass. How about that? The recent decision to not extradite Gary McKinnon, was that an impact of the containment of the Home Secretary?

AAM: Yes, it was.

SB: So that's an example of an action that's been influenced by containment.

AAM: Yes, it is. And you are going to see many of them.

SB: All right.

AAM: What you also don't see is the aggressive actions, the warring actions, that would have taken place should many of these people not be in containment. So it is a negative proof, which is very hard for human beings to understand because it is not obviously available to you. We do not say that in a critical way, but there are events that could have taken place that would not occur because of containment.

SB: Can you tell us what general types of events we might want to watch for as evidence of containment?

AAM: What you will see is a gradual - well, not very gradual - restraint from the use of force and violence against the populace, in particular restraint of violence, withdrawal from aggressive war, a softer feeling on the part of leadership towards those that they believe that they rule or are responsible for.

SB: And I would assume that the entire organization called the Bilderberger and the Trilateral Commission and Council on Foreign Relations are all under containment. Is that correct?

AAM: That is correct. What you see is less civil unrest. And where you see civil unrest what you are seeing is also the populace saying - not because of containment, but simply because they are also going through the shift, and they are being filled with love - so you are also seeing, similar and parallel to containment, the populace saying, "We will not accept control." ("Archangel Michael: It's Time to Let Go of the Old," Oct. 22, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-its-time-to-let-go-of-the-old/.)

[I asked AAM where the chaos was coming from if so many people were in containment.]

The disruption is twofold. One, it is those who have not [been put in containment] and we are talking rather low levels, actually, so do not look for massive conspiracies. Although we do know that there are some, even as they were not in containment, who would love to take advantage of such chaos. But what it is doing is bringing to the forefront the collective choice to say, 'No more.' (Archangel Michael through Linda Dillon in a personal reading with Steve Beckow, Sept. 14, 2012.)

Ashtar: Not everybody is a candidate for containment, and that is certainly under the auspices of Archangel Michael, our Lord, and his legions, of which I include myself as well. ...

Steve Beckow: You said not everyone is a candidate for containment. What are the criteria for containment, Ashtar?

A: The criteria for containment are that you need to be in a situation where you can inflict pain, suffering, that your actions have been so abhorrent, and that you are not trying or accepting the energy that is being sent to the Earth and to all the human beings.

But primarily it is not that you are a minor player. It is those who are in positions of, what we would say, significant authority, some known, some unknown; that those are the people that are the primary candidates for containment. The rest are being worked with, as you know - but perhaps not everyone does - but they are being worked with in a variety of other ways, or what we could say, perhaps lesser containment.

But what we refer to when we use the term "containment" is what Archangel Michael refers to as the light box, for lack of a better metaphor.

SB: I understand that Bashar al-Assad is not in containment. And I think when listeners heard that, they might have said, for instance, he fits the criteria that you've outlined.

Can you use the example of Bashar al-Assad to help us understand more?

A: Well, in fact he is in containment now.

SB: He is in containment. All right.

A: Because, do not forget, everyone is not put in containment in an instantaneous moment. They are worked with, they are worked with, they are worked with, and then when there is simply no sign of shift, then they are placed - for the good of the collective. Think of it that way. ...

SB: Thank you. I know a lot of people are wondering how speedily containment is progressing, whether it's proving to be a practice that is bringing the atrocious acts of some people to a halt on the planet. I think generally we're all concerned about the speed with which things are happening. Can you tell us something about the progress of containment?

A: Containment is actually going very rapidly. And it has been speeded up, in terms of what you would think of as rapidity and what we think of as rapidity. We have moved to what you would think of maybe as the second level. Most of the largest offenders, let us put it that way - those who simply do not wish to change - have been contained in the cylinders, the light boxes, and we are now working on what you would think of as the second tier. And we would suspect that this would be actually completed as close as the end of your week.

So the changes that are taking place and that you will witness in terms of societal change and political change and financial change [are] actually very close and very rapid. ("Ashtar: Acknowledgement of Our Presence Need not Take Months ... Only Minutes," Aug. 14, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/08/ashtar-acknowledgement-of-our-presence-need-not-take-months-only-minutes/.)

The "containment", as many channels describe it, is not possible. There will be actual physical arrests of the Cabal taking place. The positive ET forces will only assist from the distance with their light healing and balancing technologies to ensure they will happen with as little violence as possible. (Cobra, July 13, 2012, at http://2012portal.blogspot.com/.)

There are delays as you see it, but much more is taking place all over the world. Our overall view and knowledge indicates that the end times are well under way. The immense resources about to be used will ensure success as planned, and with reports from several reliable sources you will soon be aware when the arrests become widespread. It will be the first big step towards clearing the way for everything else to take place.

The main point is that it has commenced and will suddenly burst into large scale action. It will be of such an impact that by no means can it be kept quiet by those who hold back the real news. ...

Whatever peaceful means you use to get your leaders attention is acceptable, but please avoid hotheads taking over, and beware of infiltrators who are out to cause trouble within your ranks. For various reasons there are people who are against the changes, and in some cases it is a fear of our arrival. In time we will hope to have shown everyone that our intentions are pure, and that it is your interests we have at heart. (SaLuSa, July 13, 2012.)

We have a process that you do not understand, because you tend to think in terms of your reality on Earth, of course. But you can think of it as a process of containment and of restraint so that these beings are restrained and contained, and for all intents and purposes, for your purposes and references, they are taken out of action. Or the actions that they are permitted to participate in are mostly illusion, and they do not affect the collective. In fact, if anything, they simply bounce back at the individual.

Each of you is fully aware of the bubbles and the shields within which you operate. And the purpose of those containers, or those layers of protection, which we have spoken very often of, is that nothing that is less than love is allowed to penetrate. But we have never spoken to you, or we have not spoken in such a public forum, let us put it that way, of putting restraints or containers around those who do not wish to contribute to the growth and the evolution and the shift of Gaia and of the human race.

But if you are looking for storm troopers, dear one, if you are looking for the activation of forces, then you are looking in the wrong place, because what you have need to do and what I am asking you to do is to begin to look with your third and fourth eye, and to begin to witness and to observe how these beings are being restrained and contained. And how what you think of as their sphere of influence is simply disappearing. ...

So this I ask of you. Do not become entrenched in what you think is going to be a third-dimensional quasi-military maneuver to go to people's homes and put people in jail or in contained environments. The containment is on a whole, completely different level. ...

Think of a box, think of a storage box. Think of a box that you see coming off the large ships, containers. Only these are containers of light, these are containers of pure energy, these are containers of love. And the individual - or the group, by the way, because there are several where we have simply put an entire group; it is easier that way, and more rapid, by the way - we are placing these beings in containers of light and love.

Their energies that may be disruptive or based on the old paradigms of hatred or greed, control, cruelty, just plain nastiness, my brother - they're placed in these containers and that energy has no way, because they are sealed, and they are sealed by the mighty ones - myself, Michael, Raphael, Uriel, Jophiel and Gabriel. They are sealed. And in that sealing, their negative actions, emotions, et cetera, cannot escape.

They remain there, continually and constantly penetrated by love and light. Now, the reason we tell you, ask you, guide you not to do this - first of all, you are not strong enough, and this is something that is done only in very extreme cases. If you look closely at one of these who are contained, sometimes you will hear screams, cries for mercy, false promises of good behavior, but they remain there until such time as the purification is absolutely complete. And that decision of removal lies in the hands of the Mother and Father.

This is a method of bringing peace that has not been utilized - well, it has been utilized by a few select people, human beings that we have given this to, but it has not been used as a strategy, let us put it that way, since the time of intergalactic wars. Even when we removed what you have thought of as the, hmm, negative forces of the ETs, those who were abductors and slave masters, even when they were removed to a different universe about a decade ago, we did not utilize this method.

So that is what we are doing. That is the methodology that we want you to understand. Now, your true job - yes! - be the very vigilant observer. That is your job. But at the same time, join with us, because we can multitask, you know. Join with your star brothers and sisters in preparing for this co-creation and the arrival of your star brothers and sisters and new ways of being. Because we are helping to simply contain those who have need to be contained so that things can go forward.

It is an act of love. We only do this because we know these beings and these groups deserve, just like all deserve, to be fully embraced in love. And they have been so reticent to do so. We are not altering their free will. They can act out or not within these containers. But it will not go anywhere. (Archangel Michael on the Containment of the Cabal, July 3, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/accountability/the-process-of-accountability/archangel-michael-on-the-containment-of-the-cabal/.)

So you can look to the removal of effective power by many who have been in positions of leadership. And we don't just mean the heads of state, we also mean those in positions of social leadership, financial leadership, because that is very connected to the equalization of resources. Similarly, those who have positions of power in the military, all militaries, who have been fully aware of your star brothers and sisters but who only wish to engage in warring scenarios - well, that is never going to happen. So they are also on our list of containment.

So look to the changes that all of a sudden things get terribly quiet. That is your sign. Now, in that quietness, we are also joining with you. (Archangel Michael on the Containment of the Cabal, July 3, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/accountability/the-process-of-accountability/archangel-michael-on-the-containment-of-the-cabal/.)

Let us be very clear, much of the attention seems to be focused on the United States of America, but this darkness, these what you think of as agents of control, of manipulation, are all over your globe. You know that.

And so it is far easier for us to address this issue. This is part of what we have spoken of, oh, in the past year, of when you have asked what is the role of the Company of Heaven in the unfoldment of the Divine Plan. And I have said to you that there are ways and means, and actions, that will be felt, witnessed, upon the planet that are being taken. And they are numerous, far more numerous than you are even aware of, or even need to be. (Archangel Michael on the Containment of the Cabal, July 3, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/accountability/the-process-of-accountability/archangel-michael-on-the-containment-of-the-cabal/.)

Whistleblowers will Come Forth

From 2012

You now have a number of whistleblowers that are prepared to stand up and reveal the truth to you. Naturally we will protect them, but they and their families are under threat and it is an unpleasant feeling. (SaLuSa, May 18, 2012.)

Many exciting things are now planned in the days and weeks ahead. As changes continue with your world governments and your media, with emphasis on your financial institutions, you will see more and more a willingness to openly discuss what has, until now, been the 800 pound gorilla in the room. You will hear statements as politicians and media personality begin to openly talk about the Illuminati and their role in your world and what must be done to take back the world for your people. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 25, 2012.)

From 2009

Your situation remains one of waiting for the signs that those who hold the truth can feel free to come forward without being threatened. Too many people have been silenced by the secret services, acting on behalf of your Government. However, there are so many people with stories to tell that they cannot all be kept quiet. It will not take much to start a snowball effect that could lead to an avalanche of people stepping forward, prepared to make sure that the truth cannot be suppressed any longer.

Your biggest problem is still the media that is tightly controlled, and aids and abets the dark ones. A free press is an ideal that once used to exist, and will in time return to pass on the important news that will acquaint people with the end times. Ascension is open to every soul, but there has to be a desire and intent to become part of the process. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2009.)

From 2008

What you call the whistleblowers are coming out into the public arena, but as yet your controlled media is prevented from reporting on such revelations. However, the pressures upon them are increasing to allow more free journalism, and you may yet see a change of direction. After we have made open approaches to you and meet your leaders, then we can safely say that the media will have to change and we shall ensure its freedom is restored.

We will as promised have direct contact with you and nothing will be able to stop us communicating with you. We can override your present systems and fully protect our own broadcasts. Learning the truth about us is a vital issue, and will figure prominently in our initial contacts with you. (SaLuSa, Nov. 14, 2008.)

Temporary "Caretaker" Administrations Will be Appointed

From 2013

The politics that controls all countries, all peoples, all economies and resources of your planet homeland has been instrumental in bringing your world to the devastated state it’s in.

In no country on Earth are people free. For millennia the dark souls of civilizations beyond your planet have been influencing their willing Earth brothers and sisters in leadership positions to deceive and intimidate the rest of the people. Regardless of who holds national leadership roles, they rule by the dictates of those forces that are unknown to the people and perhaps even to the rulers.

The influence of those dark alien puppeteers has resulted in all declarations of war and all decisions regarding economies and resources of the world. Their secondary aim is increasing the control and wealth of Earth’s leaders, whose greed for power makes them eager puppets, thus today you have a world with unprecedented concentration of vast riches, impoverished nations, willful environmental destruction and corruption oozing out of corporate connections with governments.

The ultimate aim of the puppeteers is annihilation of your planet. That will NOT happen, but beneficial changes for all require a change in the character of your world’s leaders. Voices must be raised with demands for leaders of spiritual integrity – that kind of character is exemplified, not merely proclaimed. I don’t mean that no leaders ever have been strong in virtues or that no voices ever have been raised to protest injustice and inequities – indeed there have been those individuals. Many of those brave souls suffered or died for that, and much of their good works has been undone by succeeding generations who blindly followed self-serving leaders.

Now, the collective will of the people is rising to expose and oppose this situation. As lies are exposed, more lies are being told, and those will be exposed too. Tyrannical regimes must and shall change. Although plans are afoot for this peaceful revolution through a joint effort between your civilization and many of your space family, that does not absolve any of you who desire a finer, brighter world from the responsibility of helping to create it. You all chose to be where you are at this time precisely so you could do exactly that! Actually, some of you embodied in other lifetimes as great leaders on Earth and well beyond, and you are back now to take on similar inspirational and constructive roles.

It is on three levels that you must act so that honorable governing bodies will be achieved. The first level is spiritual, and I’ll tell you what spiritual is NOT: It is not membership in any of the multitude of your religions. It is not the self-righteousness that is evident in great abundance. It is not escaping into a head-in-the-sand “prayer life.” It is not believing that neither good nor evil exists because those are only judgments. It is not accepting that everything is in divine order and will run its course without your participation. It is not refraining from seeing what is going on in your world because you’ve been told it’s all an illusion anyway. I am not saying that there is no truth in any of that; what I’m saying is that spirituality is not an inherent aspect of any.

The spiritual level on which you will change your leaders from being darkly-ruled themselves to people worthy of being leaders – true leaders with spiritual integrity – is within your hearts. That’s your usual depiction of where love resides, is it not? Actually, the sensation of love is a province of the soul, but it has strong physical effects at the heart that instantly spread throughout your entirety to uplift you in spirit, mind and body.

Love starts with self, with living so that loving self is as natural as breathing. Only then can you give and receive love. Love is contagious, unlimited, omnipresent. It is what changes bleakness of spirit into fullness of spirit, illness into health, lack into prosperity. It is the absence of love that breeds all the woes of your world, and it is filling the void with love that will cure the woes. This is not asking you to love what brings misery and deprivation and harm! It is asking you to simply feel love so you can send forth that energy – it will seek its way to the void.

The second level is mental—deeply thinking to discern what is truth and what isn’t instead of buying into what candidates say. The catch is, what information is truthful and what is not? What sources can be trusted? You have been deceived for eons by a few souls in one generation after another after another whose intent is to retain the control over you, so access to the truth is not easily come by. How can I put this so it is not a series of Don’ts? Always I prefer to be positive in statements, and I’ve already compromised that by my explaining what being spiritual isn’t.

Very well, I know how to proceed—think of what you want in your world. If that is peace and harmony and cooperation, that’s where to focus your thoughts. What will bring that to the world? Think of what will: Respect and dignity for all races and faiths and genders; help wherever help is needed; equitable sharing of Earth’s massive riches; cures of all diseases; education, fulfilling work and comfortable homes for everyone; honesty, kindness, compassion, fairness, harmony, sharing, justness, forgiveness.

Think of all those qualities and circumstances and let your heart and conscience guide you to the candidates you most closely identify with them. The words of campaign promises are worthless without a candidate’s heart and soul in them. Let your heart and soul, not just your eyes and ears, lead you to the persons who exemplify the love and light that’s needed to uplift your world.

The third level is action. If you want leaders whom you trust and respect, work toward that end. Publicly and financially support the people you want in office, but if that isn’t possible, then put forth your intention through the power of your energy focused on those persons actually holding the positions -  I can’t emphasize too strongly the power of intent! You can be sure that the current people in power will have their supporters actively working because those folks get the trickle-down largesse in exchange. You who want love, peace and harmony will receive those incomparably greater victories in exchange for the energy you put forth to create them. (God in Matthew's Message, July 4, 2013.)

From 2012

Your present government along with others largely in your Western World are near to being replaced, and it is an important move that will enable so many other things to go forward. They cannot handle the present crisis brought about by the collapse of a number of banks, and the corrupt systems used by them to bolster their own profits through false trading. The answers are already known to us, and the new ways are prepared and ready for implementation at very short notice. (SaLuSa, Dec. 28, 2012.)

The new egalitarian "government" but we do not like to use that word - council or group would be a better word - will be a body of enlightened beings who care about the well-being of All and of the well-being of Gaia. Your corporations politicians and bankers will all crumble and fall away along with the collapsing of the 3D holographic paradigm and with the raising of the frequencies of your planet and of those who choose to harmonize with these new frequencies. ("Council of Angels, Archangel Michael and Saint Germaine via Goldenlight: Ascension, Gaia, Abundance Programs and the Birth of the Golden Age of Enlightenment," Golden Light Channel, Dec, 22, 2012, at http://thegoldenlightchannel.com/council-of-angels-archangel-michael-and-saint-germaine-via-goldenlight-ascension-gaia-abundance-programs-and-the-birth-of-the-golden-age-of-enlightenment/.)

We are pleased to see you demonstrating for your rights, which is a timely reminder to your Authorities that they are in their positions to serve you the people. The number of good-hearted souls amongst them are few and far between, and that is why far-reaching changes have to take place.

If your representatives are not keeping to their oath, then they can have no complaint when they are removed. The problem is that corruption and greed spreads like a cancer and before long is accepted as a normal way of working. In the future you will become more involved in the decision making and consulted before action is taken.

Clearly you need the right type of people leading the way forward, who have the foresight and understanding to take you into the New Age. The last cabal would be totally unsuitable and will be unable to interfere or influence what will happen. ...

We are eager to become more involved and help ensure that our allies are able to bring matters to a head. The Presidential elections in the US are a key focal point that will determine when we exercise our divine authority to bring about beneficial governmental changes. Much hinges on the outcome and it will be a victory for the Light. (SaLuSa, Oct, 22, 2012.)

The need for governmental changes is being accepted, so that your new representatives put your needs first and foremost. Instead the serving of self has grown to endemic proportions, and financial control and accountability is practically non-existent. On a larger scale your money is siphoned off to fund black operations that have not been authorized by your government, and are often directed at you the people they should be serving. These situations have been going on unchecked for far too long, and with our allies who have our help we have made it clear we are going to put a stop to them. So you see Dear Ones that we are working towards bringing about the changes needed. (SaLuSa, Sept, 12, 2012.)

This softening [that the rising energies are bringing] brings with it light, openness, and a willingness to listen, hear, understand, and cooperate with others who profess philosophies, cultures, ethnicities, and values that differ from your own. It gives you the interest and the motivation to look for meeting-points within them, where you can communicate meaningfully and share your experiences for the benefit of all.

This ability to communicate with people of different races, nations, cultures, and religious beliefs is of course very recent, but it is being grasped most enthusiastically all over the world. And the resulting communications are showing you that people everywhere have the same basic needs and desires - they do not want war! - and that mostly your politicians have a totally different perspective on what is important.

This growing flow of information is guiding people to dismiss as irrelevant much of what politicians are talking about, and energizing them to put pressure on their politicians to attend to the issues affecting those who elected them to office and that they wish to have resolved.

And it is apparent that the majority of politicians have no real interest in engaging meaningfully with their constituents on these matters, and when interviewed or questioned, they do their best to dissemble and evade.

The world of politics is in the process of enormous change, as voters, disenchanted with their representatives' refusal to represent them, start to communicate with one another to resolve issues, leaving those elected officials confused and frightened as they realize that the times of smiling and collecting donations is rapidly coming to an end.

Governments have for a long time been perceived as regulatory institutions, with the power and resources to build, organize, and control the civil and military establishments assumed to be essential for the smooth running of countries, and to ensure that people can live together in peace and safety. That perception has now changed - drastically.

In the newly arrived age of instant communication and information transfer, it is no longer possible for those in positions of power and authority to operate with impunity as they take decisions that affect everyone but benefit only a very few. Big governments, and the resultant wastage and corruption that they cause, are in a massive state of disintegration and collapse.

Accountability is being demanded, and because of the explosion in the disclosures of secret government and corporate documentation, which previously had prevented you from knowing what was truly occurring, this will no longer be avoided.

Many of you are well aware that there is no need or excuse for poverty, starvation, or lack of education and health-care anywhere in the modern world. The only reason that these problems are still present is because of the greed and corruption of the few who have taken it on themselves to control and exploit the planet and the majority of its people for their own personal aggrandizement and glorification. (Saul, Aug. 22, 2012.)

There are other matters rapidly coming to a head and to enable governmental changes, we are pressing our allies for once and for all time to remove those who do not serve you. That is going forward at a faster pace, and you may get advance information from other sources than our own. However, no matter how it emerges it will be good news, that will show you that much has been happening of which you have been unaware. Our wish is to see all activity brought into public view, so that in future you know exactly where you stand. (SaLuSa, Aug. 17, 2012.)

We also need the opportunity to address you directly and with the approval of your Leaders. Rest assured that they are well aware of our existence, and that we have been in contact with them for many years. The time for rejecting the peace that we bring to you is over, and they must set aside any prejudice or political ambitions.

They must also step outside of the constraints placed upon them by the Illuminati, and open the doors to real freedom for the people. Leaders are supposed to lead and carry out the wishes of the people, but few if any do what they were elected for. We issue an edict that they must change or be changed, and we have suitable replacements lined up.

Our actions are not in any way interference with your elected officials, and would not even need to be considered if they had correctly carried out their duties and responsibilities to you. Greed for wealth and the desire to wield power has long motivated the people in high positions. It has corrupted so many people around them, so much so that they have become afraid to stand up for the truth. (SaLuSa, Aug. 1, 2012.)

The Governmental changes are obviously vital to allow a more spiritual representation amongst those who will lead you. Instead of putting self first they will honor their oath to serve you, and will be chosen for that reason. Most governments throughout the world stopped serving the people a long time ago, and allowed themselves to become vassals of the powerful banking families. They also must be removed from power plus their largely ill gotten gains, and also their minions who are to be found all over the world. The extent of the Illuminati power will astonish you, and it reaches into the most high places including royalty and religion. (SaLuSa, July 20, 2012.)

We ... wait for the new Governments to be put in place, with representatives that will truly work for the betterment of Mankind.

They are there and known to us because it is quite impossible for anyone to misrepresent themselves without our knowledge. It means that when we negotiate with the dark Ones, there is no point in them trying to fool us with words when we can read their minds. (SaLuSa, June 25, 2012)

You will have so much to enjoy in the near future, as you realize that you are being freed from the clutches of the dark Ones. With the governmental changes there will again be some surprises in store for you, as you will see those who are of the Light take positions of power and authority.

The US Government will still have Barack Obama amongst those retained because, as we have stressed many times, he is a great soul of the Light. He is already taking actions that will aid our allies in bringing the Cabal to answer for their crimes. (SaLuSa, May 11, 2012.)

Our mission has recently changed from passive roles to ones that directly engage the dark forces, and we are enforcing the edict given to your military authorities that the use of nuclear weapons is not going to be allowed. We are paving the way for a declaration of world peace, from which point the use of any weaponry will be banned.

As a precursor to such happenings, we need honest and trustworthy people in positions of power who will abide by such rulings. Hence, after the dark Ones are removed, we will support such appointments as we need them to get fully behind the changes. As a result you will be propelled into a new era when your rights will be restored, and power returned to the people. (SaLuSa, April 16, 2012.)

You have much to look forward to in these coming days as more and more dominoes fall at a much greater and accelerating pace. Already, you are beginning to see the turn of fortune occurring on the financial front. This will be followed quickly by the media, where many will begin to pay for their crimes and many more will turn towards open, honest, and investigative reporting. This, in turn, will be followed by a move to "clean house" with your political leaders and the stepping forward of those who consciously have begun to awaken within the halls of power in your many governments to set straight their role as stewards of society. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 14, 2012.)

Within the months ahead, governmental shake-ups will weed out Illuminati members or those acting under their control, and persons with moral and spiritual integrity will step in. The nascent governments born in the "Arab Spring" will become stabilized and tyrannical regimes will fall. (Matthew's Message, Mar. 1, 2012.)

Now that the sorting out of people who are not fit to serve you has begun, it will extend to all areas of life. Politicians are by and large unreliable and prone to break their oath to serve you the people. They are already under scrutiny and will soon be subject to removal where they have committed criminal acts. Provisional governments will be put in place where necessary, and control will be given to those who have proved worthy of such responsibility. We do not expect much resistance to the changes, as we have the absolute proof we need to go ahead and there can be no argument about it. If necessary, we can go back in time to prove a point, so you will realise why we can be so confident. It means that we do not have to resort to force to accomplish our goals. (SaLuSa, Feb. 27, 2012.)

The secret forces that work for the light have never been idle, and now close in on those who are in the seats of power. They know now that they cannot hold onto them, and are being forced out. it takes time, but is going to be successful with our help. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)

We are pleased that you as a Human Race you are taking hold of your destiny, and refuse to be led down a path to total enslavement. It does lead to some degree of violence as you demand your freedom, as those in control who wield the power are reluctant to concede to your demands. We deplore any form of violence but do understand that your anger is a powerful emotion. These situations should change once governmental changes have taken place, as the new leadership will make it clear that their appointment is one that will work for the good of all. At this time we hope to be able to openly participate with them, particularly as several important changes will also need our support. (SaLuSa, Feb. 13, 2012.)

There is keen interest in what is transpiring within the Republican party, who will become the party's candidate, who will win the presidential election, and what will happen with the country's economy in the intervening months. By November so much will have taken place throughout the world that the current political scenario in the United States will be as insignificant as a speck of dust in a whirlwind and the economy globally will be stabilized. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

Matters are progressing well although by your perception may not see it that way. It is a mammoth task to reach the point where we can allow our allies to step into power. Fear not, as we are so near to putting an end to the interference in your lives. Duality was of course giving equal opportunity to either the Light or dark to take charge, and until recently the dark Ones were the dominant force. That is no longer the case and through our allies we seek to use the power of the Light to remove the negative energies that remain on Earth. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

In the seeming turmoil around the world people recognize the urgent need for change, and when the right leadership emerges they will have no difficulty getting support. Our input should ensure that all proceeds well as at some stage disclosure will have been made, enabling us to help and advise the newly-emerging government personnel. We oversee such appointments, as we obviously have the means to know all that needs to be known about any individual. Most importantly, we know the spiritual level at which people operate and their true intent in what they are engaged in. In doing so we observe the privacy necessary to avoid delving into your private life. (SaLuSa, Nov. 14, 2011.)

The imposters will be removed. This will be done without resorting to violence or argument. (Montague Keen, Oct. 23, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/10/montague-keen-october-23-2011/.)

The dark Ones are losing their power and the Lightworkers are closing in on them. The object is to keep them from delaying the changes that are so near, so that our plan can take off with all speed. As you might realise, immense organisation has gone into it, and our allies have been taking up their positions for quite some time.

Each project is a massive undertaking, but with our advanced technologies we can progress even the tiniest detail. When we give the signal to go ahead, it will work like a military campaign and it will overwhelm any opposition. As you may guess, matters will proceed much better when the right people have replaced those in authority who do not truly represent you. Attending to that is high on our list, and about to take top priority. (SaLuSa, Sept. 30, 2011.)

Indeed for what reason do you elect your representatives, except to express your views and act expect them to take action. If you cannot get support through your vote, it is regrettable that other means are chosen. In the future there will be no such problems, as the people who represent you will be selected based upon there suitability for the job in hand. That means being sufficiently evolved to act in accordance with Universal Law, and treating all people alike with love and respect. Eventually you will abide by the Spiritual Brotherhood and that will be consistent with your own level of Christ Consciousness. (SaLuSa, July 1, 2011.)

With steps being taken to get our allies into positions of authority, through them we also have more influence as to what is occurring. All in all we progress to our goals to make the big changes that will see the dark Ones removed. So be assured that even if you do not have the details, we are achieving our aims to get matters really moving along. When it commences there cannot be any other outcome, as the Divine Plan will manifest regardless of any outer happenings. It is why we occasionally remind you that the Light has already achieved the victory that you have been promised. There is absolutely no reason to be fearful, and whatever you planned for yourself to go through the end-times, will come to be. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2011.)

For many years you have been fooled and lied to so that governments could carry out covert actions without your knowledge. The times of automatically believing what you were told have long since passed, but because of the deliberate confusion and fear laden messages you may find it difficult to determine where the truth exists. Again we come back to and if you rely upon them, by and large you will not go far wrong. Trust has to be earnt but so few politicians have been consistently honest but when they are, their words stand out and carry the ring of truth.

Because of these problems, it is planned to shake up the whole political establishment and eventually do away with party politics. Too much time is wasted on confrontation and decisions made for political gain, instead of doing what is best for all people. Changes will ensure that only those politicians that sincerely desire to give their time for the betterment of their people, will be appointed to positions within a new government.

The time for reviewing many systems and policies affecting the people will soon arrive, and it is all part of regaining your sovereignty. As a new civilisation emerges, it is you who will be treated with respect and your needs placed at the top of the list. (SaLuSa, April 11, 2011.)

Now you wait for Governmental changes, Disclosure and Abundance programs to sweep you into the remaining period of this cycle. They are progressing and at the appropriate time we will swing into action and life will change quite dramatically. Our initial announcements will be so important to gain the confidence and support of the people, and much attention is being given to that aspect. There will be confusion, but the truth about your recent history will go a long way to clearing away false or misleading information. (SaLuSa, Jan. 21, 2011.)

From 2010

Chaotic times lie ahead but cannot be avoided when the new conflicts with the old. People find it hard to give up what they are used to, and change often brings about fear. However, all changes are necessary, if you are to make quick headway once the old power base is broken up. Governmental changes are high on the list of urgent actions that need to be taken.

The scene has been set and only waits the legal sanction to go ahead. It will be set up in such a way that it will be a fait accompli when the go ahead is given. We have planned for this time for many years, and there is no margin for error as all possibilities have been carefully examined. Success is guaranteed and fully supported by the Galactic Federation. (SaLuSa, Nov. 10, 2010.)

Our allies are briefed and ready to take over control in many ways. It will lead to not just your "rescue", but also a change in your direction that will put you firmly onto the path of Ascension.

Try not to allow material problems to get on top of you, as the answers are known and they will be solved in good time. Much of the first round of changes, are to get the right people into places of authority. This is very much a priority where politics are concerned, and clearly matters will proceed more quickly when those in charge are working for the good of all people. (SaLuSa, Oct. 18, 2010.)

Despite the energy poured into campaigns by candidates and their adamant supporters and wealthy contributors, partisan politics soon will start fading into history. Far from their pledge to govern in the best interests of a united citizenry, most politicians promote contentiousness and separation, and those have no place in Earth's Golden Age. So please do not be despondent if your 'party' or 'candidate' loses. If winners are of the light they will hold their seats and if they are not, their tenures will be short-lived.

In stages during the time remaining before the onset of that glorious Age at the end of your year 2012, governments of every nation will become bodies that honorably and abundantly serve the interests of their people. That transformation is not very far off - with everything in acceleration mode, linear time is passing faster and faster. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 11, 2010.)

To root out the corruption that infests most governments will be welcomed, as people are not that blinkered that they cannot see what is going on. That change alone will give them great hope for the future, particularly when they understand that those souls appointed to replace them are of the Light. They will appointed by us as an interim measure, and in due course more candidates of the Light will come forward. Then you shall see what a government for the people can really achieve. It will bring people together and a great community spirit will result, and they will want to play their part in it and bring great happiness into being. (SaLuSa, Sept. 6, 2010.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and can tell you that the Galactic Federation is pressing for the awaited announcement to be made. Our allies include people in exceptionally important positions who are pushing forward with all speed. The day of Truth beckons, but does rely upon the stage being properly prepared for such a monumental occasion. Governmental changes are so important, and the necessary challenge to those in power is soon to be made. We know it is testing your patience while you wait for action, but the plans have been made and agreed with the higher forces that oversee your future. Timing as always is of utmost importance, and we will know before anyone else when it is right to forge ahead with our plan. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2010.)

Your natural inclinations move towards peace for all, and given true representation at government level you would achieve it. It is therefore important that such changes occur without delay. Together with our allies we are plotting the downfall of many corrupt groups, and their replacements are chosen for their proven support for you. ...

The suddenness of changes will undoubtedly surprise you, and so they shall continue until your freedom fully restored. ...

There are opportunities likely to present themselves very shortly, which will give our allies a breakthrough. We are ready to move into action when our presence is needed, and be assured that the desired outcome will be quickly achieved. (SaLuSa, July 2, 2010.)

Now is the time when great decisions are being made, and that applies equally to individuals as well as groups, who can decide your future. The calls for changes reach the ears of those in power, and they dare not ignore you for too long. Those who are well known in their own right also help your cause, and we applaud them for seeing the people of the world as One. (SaLuSa, June 23, 2010.)

The governmental changes are approaching, and with them many obstacles to you moving forward will be removed. It will be a wonderful experience for you all to jump into the future, and your new found freedom will be exhilarating and a joy you have not yet fully envisaged. (SaLuSa, June 7, 2010.)

Governmental changes are close to taking place, and with them will come those dear souls who have bided their time for such an occasion. You know some of them very well, and they will spearhead the moves towards creating world peace.

Differences of opinion will be settled amicably and fairly, and with the return of your rights no one will be wrongly treated or imprisoned. A breath of fresh air will sweep through the halls of power, and those harboring dark intentions will be replaced.

When the people realize what is taking place they will stand alongside those souls who have put themselves forward. By so doing there will be an acceptance that the old ways must be relinquished, for peaceful co-operation between all countries. You are one family on Earth, and the time has arrived to put aside all that has created separation between you all. (SaLuSa, June 2, 2010.)

This year is undoubtedly going to become one that will be looked back upon as having been very historic where your evolution is concerned. It is a time when your eyes will be opened to the truth, and when you begin to claim back your powers. What has been taken away from you will be returned, so that you may commence a new period of self-empowerment.

It will take time to achieve a full restitution by lawful means, but already the ground has been prepared. Those who have ruled unjustly will move aside, to allow a more spiritually based government to take over. It will be of an interim nature until a reformation has taken place to set up one that has the approval of the people.

Successive governments have been the puppets of the Illuminati, even if there was not complete awareness amongst the representatives. Their power has influenced policies world wide, and if necessary bribery and corruption has been used. However, the truth about their activities is being revealed, and their illegal institutions are being prepared for closure. So much is now surfacing and will continue to do so, until any facet of the dark forces presence has been removed. (SaLuSa, May 24, 2010.)

With our continued help you shall see that at last souls of Light have moved into positions of authority, and will be able to have a positive influence on the outcome. The old brigade is almost routed and no longer has the future they envisaged. They have been dealt a severe blow against achieving their plan for world domination. We wonder did they really believe that God would allow them to prevent Ascension, and as they are beginning to understand the answer is an emphatic No! (SaLuSa, May 21, 2010.)

As you can see when you look around you, there are worldwide changes going on, and those leaders that have failed to serve their countrymen are being removed.

These interim measures are helping us, and make far-reaching governmental changes much more easy. The object is to legally remove those who have not served in accordance with their oaths, and replace them with souls who we know are honest and spiritually motivated.

With the co-operation that is assured with new people at your helm, we can speedily address the many pressing issues that further threaten your stability. (SaLuSa, Apr. 14, 2010.)

The benefits that we are bringing you could have been yours a long time ago, and you have been stopped from progressing to satisfy the greed for wealth and power of the elite. It is time to remove the dark Ones and their cronies, and they will not be able to stop the tide of change that is sweeping through the corridors of power. Governmental changes are a high priority and we will ensure that the right people represent you when we openly arrive on Earth. Our ways are ones of peace and love for all life, and those in power that are not working on a higher vibration will be removed. We shall use legal means to bring about such changes, and there will be no hiding place or way to defeat justice. We know exactly what each individual has done during their time serving as your representatives, and hold the proof should it be needed.

The dark Ones have had their opportunities to have a change of heart and move towards the Light. It is their choice as to where their future lies, and we seek nothing other than their removal from office. (SaLuSa, Apr. 14, 2010.)

[People] will not yet see [a major change] coming through the present world governments, as there needs to be a complete change within the administration and personnel before it can go ahead. (SaLuSa, Apr. 9, 2010.)

When we talk with your government officials, we cannot be fooled by any deceitful intent on their part. Most of your representatives have broken their oaths to serve you, and we are totally aware as to the ones amongst you who have your best interests at heart. When the governmental changes are made, as they will very soon, you may be sure that only those who are spiritually motivated will be reappointed. (SaLuSa, Apr. 7, 2010.)

This year is a key one where the changes are concerned, and it is most likely to result in governmental changes in many western countries. We have sounded out a number that are welcoming our presence, and will support us in all that helps introduce the new paradigm. (SaLuSa, Jan. 22, 2010.)

From 2009

Our contact goes much further than you may imagine, as we are regularly in touch with members of your Government. We do not threaten, but simply advise those who are working against you of the facts concerning your preparations for Ascension.

We do however make it quite clear that it will be successful, and that we have the divine authority to take action as we see fit. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2009.)

From 2003

NESARA's announcement will be followed immediately by the enactment of its provision that all current government officeholders must submit their resignations and be replaced with the honest individuals already appointed to serve until a legitimate election. The deception and corruption that has long passed as democracy in the United States will be exposed sufficiently to jolt lazy and resistant minds into belief, and that will be the broad pathway to electing an honorable governing body. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 31, 2003.)

Operation is Vast; Patience is Required

From 2012

We know that waiting for significant events that you expect any day now can be tedious, but you will have your day of satisfaction and excitement. You can after all see evidence around you of the changes, and even more is going on that is not apparent. (SaLuSa, Aug. 22, 2012.)

From 2011

Matters are progressing well although by your perception may not see it that way. It is a mammoth task to reach the point where we can allow our allies to step into power. Fear not, as we are so near to putting an end to the interference in your lives. Duality was of course giving equal opportunity to either the Light or dark to take charge, and until recently the dark Ones were the dominant force. That is no longer the case and through our allies we seek to use the power of the Light to remove the negative energies that remain on Earth. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

What we have all wanted to see has taken a long time coming, but we would judge it has been well worth it. It is, was and still is a massive undertaking to shift a whole population onto a new path, while at the same time "moving house" as you might say. Not an easy ride by any means but you have us by your side ensuring it goes as smoothly as possible. (SaLuSa, Aug. 5, 2011.)

From 2010

We urge you to stay steadfast in the light and be patient as to when and how events will unfold. (Matthew's Message, March 29, 2010.)

From 2009

Please be patient! What is happening is not a revolution, it is spiritual evolution - that is the way of the light! It is the way of lightworkers and light warriors, whose armor and weapon against the darkness is the power of love. (Matthew's Message, July 18, 2009.)

Now then, there is the appearance that the global economic upheaval will be resolved within the very same system that caused it. This is an Illuminati contrivance to prevent your knowing that their system, which has been rotten to the core from its inception, has crumbled and only the façade remains.

Conversion to a new economic foundation and operation is an enormous undertaking, and it cannot be publicly heralded that this is occurring as that would cause panic throughout the business world. The lighted souls who are leading the way know that panic would fuel the dark ones, who are clinging on for dear life; it is essential that these new leaders take judicious steps quietly to avoid creating a fear-filled populace. (Matthew's Message, July 18, 2009.)

What has taken centuries to bring you to your present position cannot be undone overnight, but with the right moves an entirely new approach can be introduced. We know that many of you need to see some evidence of them, and if you carefully note the implications of what is happening now you may see some encouraging signs.

Many channels have told you right from the outset what was going to happen, and it only requires a little more patience to see that Humanity is being guided into a new direction. (SaLuSa, June 29, 2009.)

Keep in mind the vast scope of the transformation of Earth and her six billion humans. (Adrial, May 11, 2009, at http://tinyurl.com/2a5shgl.)

The problems on Earth are creating chaos, and will continue to do so for many months. (Diane of Sirius, Apr. 10, 2009.)

From 2008

A process the magnitude of world transformation takes time to evolve so that order rather than chaos emerges from the unprecedented changes underway. Although all efforts of the topmost dark ones, who include the unenlightened reptilians (1) living among you, to hold their ground will be futile, they will resist until their last breath, so to say.

Let your light be reinforced by the knowledge that in the continuum, Earth's Golden Age that you are co-creating this moment in linear time already IS! Light beings throughout this universe are with you in love and assistance every step of the way. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 30, 2008.)

(1) The [../../Local%20Settings/Temporary%20Internet%20Files/Content.IE5/Q86CZRNR/dark1.html#anu1 Anunnaki.]

America Will Again be a Leader to the World

From 2013

The constitution of the United States ... was brought into being by illumined souls who were being guided from this side because the world was ready to bring in a new awareness, new ways of living, and a new and higher sense of life. However, as with all truth, much of it was and still is being interpreted according to less evolved states of consciousness resulting in its often being misused and misinterpreted. (The Arcturian Group, Jan. 27, 2013.)

From 2010

There is such a short time left this year, but before it ends it will be seen that other countries are also preparing for major changes. No longer is the U.S. able to call the tune, but nevertheless their role will be of significant importance. The darkness has shrouded that country for a long time and brought it to its knees, but under leaders who are spiritually mindful it will rise up once again. A return to the Constitution will take place, and changes will bring sanity to the financial markets. (SaLuSa, Nov. 10, 2010.)

From 2009

There is much happening all over your world that is drawing people together. It is creating a movement that is demanding an end to the old ways, and regretfully where it is opposed it has led to some violent reactions. The peace you seek will come when sufficient changes have taken place, through the re-structuring of society in America. It has to be the leader in such monumental changes, and having set the stage it is going to be difficult for other countries to ignore it.

Paradoxically it will be the country where the greatest opposition to change will occur, but mainly at the higher level and not amongst the rank and file. However, the new energy is growing in an unstoppable way as more people awaken to the tasks that lay ahead. They clearly see the outcome of years of mismanagement and intentional erosion of their rights. They know that this opportunity to change the course of mankind must be taken. (SaLuSa, March 18, 2009.)

From 2006

It is sad to see the end of a dream. The "American dream" has come and gone and is over now, for all intents and purposes. However, we hope that the vision of Terra will present a much higher and better dream to attain and we hope to empower you to reach for it, for it is your destiny and destination. Even those who have come to serve the "op" and then depart for other areas of service have been drawn to the vision of Terra and lent their efforts to help it come to fruition. (Heavenly Hosts, "Let it Be," Nov. 10, 2006, at http://www.ashtarcommand.net/profiles/blog/show?id=1985014%3ABlogPost%3A273050&xgs=1).

Wikileaks and Julian Assange

From 2010

It's fine for anyone to disagree with Matthew's reply to the question about the impact Wikileaks will have on whatever peace progress is being made, but it's a hell of a stretch to interpret "Not a whit" as his saying that Julian Assange is a Zionist agent!

I just asked him if he knows anything about Assange. He said that his sources in Nirvana interpret his actions to be more about freedom of information - people's right to know what the US government feels they should not know - than to further any specific group's cause. (Suzy Ward to Steve Beckow, Dec. 8, 2010.)

Patrick Fitzgerald

From 2006

S: Back to timely questions - this is my favorite of several about Patrick Fitzgerald: "Did he sell out to the Bush gang on Rove? What's he doing to get this indictment show on the road again?" Yesterday I received a question about the lawsuit filed by Valerie Plame and her husband, Joseph Wilson, accusing Cheney, Rove and Libby of the leak that she was a CIA operative: "Will this be the 'uncovering' of the Bush administration and expose their lies and deceit to control the masses?"

MATTHEW: Mother, this is a fine example of the benefit in knowing what's beneath the tip of the iceberg. Fitzgerald, a highly evolved light being, did not "sell out," but he did withdraw from vigorously pushing indictments because he took seriously the death threats against him and his family, and who can blame him - with the mountains of evidence he has uncovered, no one is more aware than he about the means undertaken to silence individuals whom the dark ones consider dangerously knowledgeable. Although he and his family are protected in the light, to stem their fear about the threats, he put on back burner his legal prominence. However, as evidence emerges through other avenues, it will be greatly aided by his quiet efforts to see justice done, and yes, the Plame/Wilson lawsuit is one of those avenues. (Matthew's Message, July 15, 2006.)

Do Not Hate the Cabal

From 2012

The [stranglehold] of the darkness has lasted much longer than logically anticipated.

The souls who had agreed to accept deeply dark roles that would offer many millions the chance to complete third density karma, then they would join the light forces, were highly evolved souls themselves. When they entered the agreement, it was with the certainty that their spiritual fortitude would resist the lure of holding to dark ways. Instead, they became enchanted with controlling the masses and amassing grand wealth, spiraled into the depths of darkness and knowingly refused to honor their agreement.

Their powerful global network has kept the great majority of your population in duality and the mentality that keeps minds closed. By no means are these people "bad" - they just are stuck in third density's limitations. Their bedrock beliefs that have been formed by the various methods of mind control include the orientation that if any other civilization really does exist and ever came to Earth, it would be to annihilate the planet's population. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2012.)

We wish you to concentrate on the future and seek first to maintain the Light upon Earth, without wasting your energy by directing your anger at the Illuminati and their minions. These will be hard times for anyone who has recently lost loved ones or friends as a result of their actions. It will however be a test of your ability to stay within the Light, and show your strength by forgiving those responsible.

If you do not do so and seek any form of revenge you end up little better than what they are, and you form a link of energy with them. They may not deserve much sympathy, but see them as souls who have gone badly astray and almost lost their spark of Light. It will take a lot of Light to raise them up again but it can be done. We feel sure you will see that it is far better to lift the fallen up again, than compound their situation by linking them to more negative energy.

All of you have experienced stages where you have gone against the Light. However, with few exceptions you have understood the reasons that brought it about, and stand today as examples of those who have overcome the challenges of duality. You are all the stronger for it and that is indeed the reason you elected to spend many lives in the lower dimensions. (SaLuSa, June 20, 2012.)

Once the media commence reporting the arrests that are already underway that include many public figures, there will be calls for retribution. We do however ask that everyone avoids their emotions running away with them, as we assure you justice will be seen to be done. Unlike earlier times, no one will be able to cheat justice or buy their way out of it. (SaLuSa, May 11, 2012.)

Returning your freedom is paramount in our minds, and we will remove all those controls that have been used to keep you in your place. Those responsible will at some stage answer for their crimes against Humanity, so we ask you not to concern yourselves too much with what will happen to them. It is more important to concentrate on your own needs and preparation for Ascension. (SaLuSa, March 28, 2012.)

I ask of you - all of you, my brothers and sisters of love, of peace - to stand back, even while you are observing and individually and collectively taking action. Joy is an expression of love, of endearment, of union and community. You can never take joy in another person's, or a group's, demise. You cannot judge it. Yes, you have been very discerning, and you have certainly followed my lead and my requests, and you have marched, you have flown, and you have been stalwart with me.

But now that this time of Shift is upon you in ways that you have not previously, perhaps, envisioned in such a clear manner, we ask for you not to join in any way, shape or form in judgment or relishing what is happening to another, for that cannot be of love. So yes, there is divine justice, and there is an absolute balancing that is taking place. And we want you to understand that, as it is taking place on Earth, upon your beloved Gaia, that those ripple effects are felt throughout the Universe, that that rebalancing is taking place far further than any of you can even imagine.

But the key to that amplification effect is for you to hold love, is for you to hold peace. You do not stand as judge and jury, my friends. You do not stand as judge and jury of your children, of your family, of your friends, of your neighbors - not of anyone. Do we sometimes pick someone up and say, "No, you are not permitted to continue in this manner any longer?" Of course we do! That is my job. And that is your job, as you work with me.

But we do not fall into that old human paradigm of old Earth and say, "Now we will punish you. We will judge you. We will seek retribution." No. That is not loving. That is not kind. That is not gentle. Retribution comes in the rebalancing. It comes in the brilliant light of a new dawn. It comes in you stepping forward and assuming your rightful place, as light-holders and showers of the way. It is its own reward.

So during this time of what we have spoken of as incredible change and shift, as you collectively and individually are making peace with old Earth, with the Third Dimension, with all the old ways that have shackled you, that have barred you, do you wish to stay and continue that conversation? Or do you wish to ascend with us to a new reality where co-creation of the new is truly the focus and the watchword?

I ask you, we all ask you - for you are our beloved family; yes, a family of billions, it is an extended family - we ask you to join us in the new. And in the new there is no place for fault or blame or guilt. That does not mean, my brothers and sisters, that there is not room for acknowledgment and responsibility, for that is the bedrock. For when there is self-responsibility and mutuality, then there is joint responsibility and there is not an exercise of greed, of taking, of usurping power, for that power is already there. It is within you.

And so, as you see those who have tried and succeeded in many ways to control - and I could go down a list, but why would I wish to do that? - as you see that happening, feel the compassion - not sympathy, compassion - understanding about fallen angels and lost souls, and send them love. Send them forgiveness. And then begin with me - with all of us, with the Company of Heaven and far beyond, with your brothers and sisters from the stars - and let us build anew, because that is what this transition is about.

The old can only drag you down. Do not go there. My mission of peace has just begun, and I have need of you. You have travelled with me forever, in faith and trust and hope. So now you see the fulfillment of what we have talked about, the crumbling, the elimination, and yes, the destruction of the old. But let it go, and come with me, for there is further yet to go. (Archangel Michael, An Hour with an Angel, March 5, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/03/an-hour-with-an-angel-with-archangel-michael-march-5-2012/.)

Even in this closing period of duality everyone can still learn a lot, as the circumstances will still throw up challenges to test your resolve to be as one who is living the Light. With so many revelations coming out you need to be on your guard, as it would be only too easy to be judgmental.

By all means speak about matters, but do it from an impersonal angle without empowering it with your emotional energy. Remember as we have informed you on a number of times, you do not know another soul's life plan or why they have chosen their experiences. In the higher Spirit worlds souls are of a vibration that gives no energy to judgement or condemnation, they hold the love vibration and it is not in their way of thinking. (SaLuSa, Feb. 27, 2012.)

Think positively as you move through the last months of duality, and do not concern yourselves too much with the fate of the dark Ones. They will be treated with full justice and be given every opportunity to make amends, and every help to find a path back to the Light. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

From 2011

As the cycle closes, remember that you have all played out lives on both sides of duality, and they are seen as necessary experiences to enable you to balance both energies. You may have succeeded now, but do not allow your achievement to cloud your mind against the dark Ones. Have compassion, and bear in mind that they are still sparks of the Light and Love, and can fully make their way back to the Light. In fact because they have dropped lower than many other souls, they will in time make great Light Carriers. You cannot know their karma so make allowances for their roles in your present period of history.

Whilst you are not punished for your "sins" you do make reparations so that you fully understand the effect of them on other souls. This can be very deep and heart wrenching, but it is the only way to learn your lessons. You have all to some degree had such experiences, so now you can understand why it is essential you are non-judgmental where other souls are concerned. Do your best to be forgiving if you have been personally hurt, and please do not harbor the energies of hate as they will eat into your body and cause you illness. They will also hold you back from progressing, as you cannot take them with you into the higher dimensions. (SaLuSa, Oct. 28, 2011.)

As disclosure comes out there will be ever increasing revelations about the work of the dark Ones, and as in the case of 9/11 when the true perpetrators are known there will be much anger and revulsion. We would like to think that once it has been vented, that you would quickly understand that such darkness requires volumes of Light to transmute it. In which case would you find it in your hearts to recognise the Light within those souls that desperately needs to be awakened. The old ways of Man should be set aside so that revenge does not become called for, but instead rehabilitation. Bear in mind even the most hardened hearts do not completely lose their godspark, and it can always be ignited again.

Obviously Man cannot consider himself above the dark Ones, if he uses their very same methods to admonish and punish them for their deeds. The people's responses will themselves be sufficient to let them know your feelings, and it may yet cause them to closely examine their activities against their fellow men. From the aspect of the great game of duality that is coming to an end, you may see that it could not have been played unless some souls agreed to take on the roles necessary to challenge the Light. If you can understand such set-ups you will find that it will be far easier to keep your focus on the Light. Nothing else is more important right now, as you do not want to be distracted from your plan to ascend. (SaLuSa, July 25, 2011.)

We have offered a way out so that we can go ahead with the many tasks that are necessary. A way out is not the avoidance of justice but their removal to a safe haven, to keep them out of everyone's way until they are called to answer for their crimes. Naturally many, many people will be seriously shocked to know the truth, but we will make it clear we do not condone revenge and that violence of any kind is abhorred. We can tell you that there will be plenty going on to keep your minds on the tasks ahead. We would not want you wasting your energy or time on pointless actions, when there will be so much to do of a positive nature. (SaLuSa, July 1, 2011.)

Dear Ones, understand that the dark Ones are answerable to Universal Law exactly as you are, and like you when in duality are allowed to experience through their freewill choice. Of course they are also subject to your laws, but by the very nature of their rejection of them and the power they hold, they feel above the law. However, as you will know by now every soul is answerable at some stage for every action and even thought that intended to harm or cause the death of another soul. It is why we ask you to bear this in mind when the dark Ones are called to justice, and stand for their crimes against Humanity.

If it is within your ability and your mindset allows for compassion, it is the best response you can have. Better still if you can acknowledge that the dark Ones are Beings of Light that retain their godspark, you would help them by sending Love and Light. Naturally that is not easy particularly if you have a relative or friend that has been a victim of theirs.

How you respond depends on your level of consciousness, but you will eventually reach one of Christ Consciousness and act from that level of understanding. Therefore if it needs a "deal" to remove the dark Ones and they are allowed refuge somewhere, it is only a temporary respite as ultimately they will not escape justice. (SaLuSa, May 20, 2011.)

From 2010

Messengers of the light have told you about those who act in darkness so as to help you break any hold they may have in your lives and beliefs, and the same information will be revealed to the public to serve in that same way. As those truths come forth incrementally, please help others understand that they need not condone any action that causes atrocities and agony, but the light in forgiveness will serve all of you far, far better than the negativity of demanding punishment for the perpetrators.

A part of third density mentality is the refusal to forgive individuals who are considered evil, and it isn't consciously known that as equal parts of God, every soul in this universe is eternally interconnected with all others, or that the darkness in any one dims the collective light in the universal heart, or that one's own light is dimmed by judgment and condemnation of those who are bereft of light. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2009

Sending light to those who are living in darkness has the same effect at their soul level, even if not at conscious level, and the benevolence of that act brings light to the sender. (Matthew Ward, Sept. 21, 2009. )

What is happening is not a revolution, it is spiritual evolution - that is the way of the light! It is the way of lightworkers and light warriors, whose armor and weapon against the darkness is the power of love. Love is the same energy as light, simply expressed differently, and it is the most powerful energy in the cosmos. This is why so often messengers of the light have urged you to send light-love to the dark ones.

As parts of the Oneness of All, they are your soul-level brothers and sisters who are experiencing the painful absence of love essence in their lives. That absence underlies their negative motives and actions that have provided conditions necessary for the multitudes to complete third density's karmic lessons. Knowing this universal truth engenders feelings of compassion and gratitude and the beaming of love to those who lack it. (Matthew Ward, July 18, 2009. )

Forget the Dark Ones and leave them to own future, as no soul can remain in the lower vibrations and expect to go with those who have dedicated themselves to moving on to Ascension. That is simply impossible, and there you have the beauty of the Law of Attraction. What you focus on comes into your life at some time, whether it is really what you wanted or not. Thoughts and desires are powerful energies, and as creators in your own right you should guard against negative thoughts. (SaLuSa, April 6, 2009.)

Some individuals use their free will to cause pain and anguish outside of all agreements. All souls are created of light. Those who became unconscionably greedy and used fear to control others became entrenched in darkness and lost their original essence except for the spark of light that is their life force. Those souls are desperately wounded by the absence of love-light, and the only way to heal their wounds is by refilling the void with its original ingredients. This is why all spiritually evolved sources have urged you to send light to those souls who are so wounded and lost in depths of darkness. (Matthew's Message, March 10, 2009.)

From 2008

Dear Ones, let the fate of the Dark Ones no longer concern you, as not one soul can avoid responsibility for their actions. Do not even speculate as to how they will answer for their decimation of the Human Race and to their lack of love and compassion for their fellow travelers through duality. It is not given to you to know whether they will suffer, or bring punishment upon themselves. All you need to know is that every soul remains a spark of God, and should be respected for the immutable Light that they carry.

It will be ignited again on the long road back to the levels of Light they originally came from, and their experiences will eventually leave them highly motivated to serve those who can benefit from them. At a time when so much goodwill is given out extend it as far as possible, to include those who have forsaken their Light to be the motivators of you all so that you may find yours. ...

Once the major influences of the Illuminati are removed from your midst, you will find it easier to express yourself as a Being of Light. The cleansing of Earth allows for the dark energies to be removed, after centuries of polluting the very ground that you walk upon. Mother Earth can handle them but her way is to literally shake them off. That can be largely avoided with your help and you can do this by anchoring the higher energies for her.

It would be a loving gesture on your part, paying back some of the karma you have created through the misuse of the wealth of the Earth. Mother Earth has willingly allowed you to use her for your experience and evolution, but it is now payback time. Your loving attention and response to her needs will go a long way to averting what otherwise could be catastrophes resulting from physical changes. However, do not allow this to cause you any distress, as there are precautions in place that we have taken to eliminate the more serious risks. (Diane of Sirius, Dec. 24, 2008.)

We do not condemn anyone regardless of which side they are on, but simply see all carrying out their part in this last period before it ends. There is a lot of karma being cleared and such experiences are essential to your onward progress on your spiritual path. Judgement is something you are encouraged to do from birth, as it is just considered normal without regard to the consequences.

However, once you understand that all of you are enacting roles that satisfy your desires, and each and every one of you are important to that expression you will view it differently. You are taught to judge others on the basis of color and religion, and will eventually see that they are simply the means to experience in a way that has been chosen by those souls. (SaLuSa, Nov. 24, 2008.)

Time as it is known here on planet Earth is over for the ways of the dark hats. They are invited to continue in the new world, the world of peace, the world of love, the Age of Aquarius, if you will.

Send light to the fall, not for the fall which is already well fueled, but for those who do not understand this perfect twist in the plot. Send love to your brothers and sisters who are still caught in the drama, for you well know its pain...you have just become aware sooner of its purpose, that's all. Forgive and bless, forgive and bless. Love is always the solution, no matter what the problem, so throw love at it. (Council of Light, "The Most Beautiful Story Never Written," Sept. 30, 2008, at http://www.heartlight.ca/council/latest.)

We do not feel anger toward the people who are causing the widespread suffering. It is one thing to abhor atrocious behavior, feel deep compassion for the people in pain that behavior causes, and give whatever comfort we can to ease their pain. It is quite another thing to feel anger toward those benighted individuals who are responsible. In part this is because we do not judge, but more so, we know that their actions are due to the absence of light in their souls, the absence of conscience, the absence of a capacity to feel love. Those voids result in fear and a sense of abandonment along with inability to feel empathy or to comprehend the measure of pain their actions cause. And they have no idea that their next lifetime will be one of experiencing the collective agony and terror their free will choices caused.

It is because light beings in spirit do understand those conditions that our messengers have urged you to send love-light to the persons who commit despicable acts. Because the energy of unconditional love, the most powerful force in the cosmos, is the only means whereby those souls can be healed and enlightened and thus stop their madness. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 30, 2008.)

Another aspect of the dark ones' unconscionable activities is karmic - the duality in humankind and universe's continual balancing motion. Where tyranny and corruption and deception abound, the other end of the duality spectrum is the awakening of peoples and their united focus on peaceful coexistence; the availability of food, homes, health care and education for all; the desire for all lives to be free from terror, horror and terrible deprivation; and the determination to bequeath to future generations a world far better than it is today.

The karma incurred during millennia of third density lifetimes within the duality that causes divisiveness and disharmony had to be experienced until it could be completed, and darkness has served its purpose in this regard. Now it is being transmuted into light, wherein there is the balance that each soul strives to attain. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 30, 2008.)

There is Still a Need for Secrecy

From 2012

The legal removal of the cabal members is in hand, and will be enacted when they are placed out of the way. There are special reasons why you do not have much awareness of it, as it is being carried out to avoid any fuss or unwanted publicity. The exact nature of our actions are best kept secret, but very soon you shall learn about what has been happening.

Indeed, we want you to be aware of our intentions, and there will come a time soon when we shall keep you regularly informed. ...

Once we commence the changes there will be almost non-stop activity, but be assured you shall be kept fully informed as to what is happening. (SaLuSa, Dec. 14, 2012.)

We share your frustration where delays are experienced which are preventing you from being aware of what is happening behind the scenes. However, it is not always wise to reveal too much where our activities are concerned, but be assured we are constantly working to bring about completion. (SaLuSa, Sept. 10, 2012.)

There are other matters rapidly coming to a head and to enable governmental changes, we are pressing our allies for once and for all time to remove those who do not serve you. That is going forward at a faster pace, and you may get advance information from other sources than our own. However, no matter how it emerges it will be good news, that will show you that much has been happening of which you have been unaware. Our wish is to see all activity brought into public view, so that in future you know exactly where you stand.

For too long we have had to keep details under wraps, and even now we are still careful as to what we reveal. It is a matter of keeping our plans to ourselves as far as possible, and stopping interference with them from those still loyal to the Illuminati. Some are of course bound to them through bribery or blackmail, and still fearful of the consequences of disobeying them. We have however invited them to join us and grant asylum so that they are not in danger. That does not mean that they get away with their crimes, but that is not a matter that we will deal with and is best left to the higher forces. Since justice is always seen to be done, there is no point in wasting your energy by being concerned about the outcome.

You are entitled to know who and what was behind the heinous crimes against humanity. In the knowing there are also lessons for you, otherwise you will find it hard to accept that as a collective you allowed them to occur. In many instances you have effectively given your approval by not preventing them. However, the dark Ones are very manipulative and deceitful as otherwise they would not be able to carry out or get away with their crime. It has also required extensive collusion with those who have carried out their bidding. Duality has certainly taught you many severe lessons, but also many beautiful ones as it has by no means been one sided. Now that period is comlng to a close you can return to your true reality. (SaLuSa, Aug. 17, 2012.)

Ashtar: There are things that we choose not to discuss. But let us do this in the spirit of cooperation, and the spirit of cooperation that we will still be understanding to your listeners and to your sweet self as well.

First of all, we don't tend to think of much information as secret. So that is a premise that we want you to keep in the forefront of your head as we discuss this.

There are things that we do not discuss with the humans simply because you might not understand it. Now, I do not say this in any way that is derogatory, but there are simply ways in which we operate, such as technology, that is so far beyond what is currently available to you that you would not understand it.

But now you talk about secrecy, and really what you are saying is, "Why do you keep so much information about where you are, how you are, when you are coming, how you operate, what exactly are you bringing, what exactly are you going to do? Why is this kept so secretive?"

The biggest reason that we have for secrecy, and I think I would speak for all my brothers and sisters of the various forces, the biggest reason is that we do not share information on certain topics simply because we did not wish to create any type of fear. So, we have tred, as you well know, and you would often say we have tred too softly, but we have certainly tred softly for hundreds of years, so that you, as the human race, that have tended to move - not now but in the past - at quite a slow pace, so that you would get used to certain ideas or concepts.

Now, we also have maintained a level of secrecy, and in this case you can even think remaining hidden, because we did not want to invoke, or provoke, any level of violence. That is against not only universal law, but the laws to which we all adhere. And each of us has codes of conduct, of what you would think of as behaviors, of regulations, though they are not as codified as some of what you believe is law.

But we do not wish to provoke a violent response. So we stay secret in many of our undertakings, simply - in the past this is - so that there would not be retaliation. Because that would completely defeat not only our mission and purpose, but it would be hugely detrimental to the planet and to the human advancement.

So what we have kept secret in terms of our plans has also often been that we did not wish to set up false expectations, because [of] the number, the millions and trillions of variables that we are operating with, not only in terms of our own forces and our own fleets, but in terms of human variables - and you change your minds as quickly as your weather patterns.

Steve Beckow: I'm very aware of that.

A: So, we do not often say, "At this time and date...", although we have said, "Look up to the sky now, at this time, and you will observe." But that is why we often will maintain what you think of as secrecy. But in terms of our own interaction, and even interactions between the fleets, there is very little that is actually kept private. ...

And the other thing that we should discuss while we are talking about secrecy is that you do not know - and these are secret operations to a great extent - you do not know the level to which we intervene, very often. Because we do not want that intervention to be either viewed or seen as coming from outside the human realm.

Sometimes that intervention is being acted out and responsibility taken by some of our troops, our forces that are already on the ground, and sometimes it is taken as intervention directly from one of the fleets. But regardless, there is a lot more intervention that takes place than you are aware of. And that is a good thing. Because the interventions work, and the situations do not escalate or the events do not take place when those interventions are successful. ("Ashtar: Acknowledgement of Our Presence Need not Take Months ... Only Minutes," Aug. 14, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/08/ashtar-acknowledgement-of-our-presence-need-not-take-months-only-minutes/.)

Bear in mind Dear Ones, that we can look into the secret locations where the dark Ones plot their actions, so there are few if any surprises that they can spring upon us. We can impress upon our allies what needs to done to combat them, and they are able to minimize their effect. (SaLuSa, June 18, 2012.)

The dark Ones are hoping to go out with a "Bang", but we are going to ensure it does not happen. The arrests continue, and as our allies catch up with them they will be put away or under house arrest. We will make sure that the main troublemakers are amongst the first to be dealt with. No news is not bad news as far as we are concerned, as much of our work will of necessity be kept secret for the time being.

We are just one source of information, and feel sure that those of you who are well read cannot help but acknowledge that the messages are, in the main, complementary to each other. Take out of them what you can accept and, if in doubt, trust your intuition. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2012.)

You now know that everything is coming to a head, and that something is going to break very shortly that you will get to know about in some detail. By now you will have realized that for many reasons, we have been unable to give you much in the way of specific information where dates are concerned.

Sometimes even we are not sure when to act, as when we do circumstances must be exactly right for us to be successful. Not least of all, to co-ordinate anything with our allies requires a lot of planning, and we have to bear in mind the risks they take. For example you now have a number of whistleblowers that are prepared to stand up and reveal the truth to you. Naturally we will protect them, but they and their families are under threat and it is an unpleasant feeling. (SaLuSa, May 18, 2012.)

You cannot fully know what goes on behind the scenes, but there is far more activity than there appears to be. We monitor the world news and what is discussed openly or in private, and as a result we have a very good picture of how events are turning out. That gives us the edge and [makes us] able to help our allies, and it is allowed to balance the advanced equipment used by the dark Ones to spy upon those of the Light. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2012.)

We have to keep our plans secret even if our intentions are known, and that way we expect to progress more quickly. We do move with the times, and because we are very flexible is why, generally speaking, it is best that we do not commit ourselves to exact dates. However, there will be a time once the dark Ones are out of the way, when we shall be more forthcoming as we would like to keep you in the know and involve you in our activities. It is after all, your Earth, your cycle of Duality and your Ascension, and we want you to be every much involved right through to the end times. (SaLuSa, Jan. 13, 2012.)

From 2010

Few if any of you on Earth have a full picture as to what is going on where the Light is concerned. It is suffice to say that you know where you are going, but do not yet know how you are going to get there. You have ideas and you have purposefully been given an outline of the plan. However, it is best that the final details are kept covered up, and then our moves will carry more impact upon the dark Ones.

Rumors will always abound in such circumstances, so be discerning and careful as to where you place your faith. Most importantly allow for sudden changes and know that the times are so critical to your future, the game plan may be altered many times. We are patient and know that when we can finally move into action, it will be absolutely the right time. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2010.)

The days of the dark ones are numbered, but their influence will remain until far reaching changes result in their removal from positions of power. As each week passes the situation is becoming clearer, and our allies prepare for the final moves that will bring about the first announcement. We would love to share more information with you, but it is reaching a critical point where details are best kept secret. We are up against a cunning opposition that will stop at nothing to block our plans, and the [less] they know about them the better it will be.

This is where we have an advantage in knowing what they plan, and can take appropriate action when required. Our hands are only tied inasmuch as you might say, that we play by the rules and there is nothing underhand[ed] or illegal in our actions. We have divine orders to ensure you safely reach the end of this cycle, and that all of you who have elected to ascend are able to do so. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

From 2009

Now then, there is the appearance that the global economic upheaval will be resolved within the very same system that caused it. This is an Illuminati contrivance to prevent your knowing that their system, which has been rotten to the core from its inception, has crumbled and only the façade remains.

Conversion to a new economic foundation and operation is an enormous undertaking, and it cannot be publicly heralded that this is occurring as that would cause panic throughout the business world. The lighted souls who are leading the way know that panic would fuel the dark ones, who are clinging on for dear life; it is essential that these new leaders take judicious steps quietly to avoid creating a fear-filled populace. (Matthew's Message, July 18, 2009.)

By the time all is in place for this balancing [performed by the crop circles] to do what it is to do, you will find that there are many many, many more phenomena of many, many different varieties that will have occurred. Most of which will have you baffled and yet, like the key to a door, when all is in place, the unlocking shall reveal that every single placement is in correct alignment and when their purpose is revealed. At the drop of a hat, everything shall fall into place.

Please know, dear ones, we do not wish to be secretive or puzzle posers, yet there are certain details that simply would not concur with that which we have in place. There are plans that are not yet ready to be opened up to you for the timing is inappropriate and to reveal certain matters now would not be useful to the overall benefit of the upliftment of your planet.

We have much in place and when it is able to be shown to you, you will accept reasoning that this time you may not be able to, because of measures that must be taken into account regarding safety of that which is to be revealed. (Blossom Goodchild, July 2, 2009 at http://tinyurl.com/242v84g.)

As you are undoubtedly witnessing, any obstacle standing in the way of these efforts will rapidly dismantle. ...

This process of dismantling is nearly complete and though we would like to tell you what this means for your next steps, we really couldn't say. This is because the next steps will be of your choosing, and from a place of pure consciousness. Your role will be to create the new earth with the combined gifts of your sacred labors in union of divine love. (Sirian High Council, May 12, 2009, through Lauren Gorgo, at http://transmissionsfromhome.blogspot.com/2009/05/merging-of-soul-partnerships-sirian.html .)

There are limits to what I may disclose to you. We do not allow you to foresee the future in the same way as we who see the all-present, because there are many choices involved, and because there exists the need to allow each person to choose in the moment. (Adrial, May 11, 2009, at http://tinyurl.com/2a5shgl.)

Our allies will manoeuvre themselves into such positions that their influence is felt. They know what is required and it will happen but we cannot let out details, as the dark forces will seek ways of foiling the introduction of new policies. When we can come openly it will be quite different, and we will be able to keep you well informed as to what is to occur. (Diane of Sirius, Apr. 10, 2009.)

Just has been the case all along, the most far-reaching objectives and achievements are happening out of the public eye. (Matthew's Message, April 9, 2009.)

For several years a gigantic amount of investigation has been going on that ultimately will lead to charges of wrongdoing ranging from corruption to crimes against humanity. This far-reaching effort is being accomplished within legal means that require indisputable evidence, an essential but tedious and time-consuming process, and like all legal matters, progressive developments are not publicly reported. (Matthew's Message, March 10, 2009.)

We know you still seek dates for these events, but for the time being as matters are still so fluid on Earth we must keep our thoughts to ourselves. Suffice to say that the time of First Contact rapidly nears fruition, and we are ready to jump into action at short notice. Our craft can be called in from wherever they are in the Galaxy quite quickly, and since our fleets number thousands upon thousands of different types [of spacecraft], we do not need them all for the initial approaches to you. (SaLuSa February 18, 2009.)

From 2008

Much is happening at levels where you are unaware of such activities. (SaLuSa, Dec. 29, 2008.)

As in the past, a great deal will be going on behind the scenes. However, for long ages all of the activity was nefarious, designed to keep you captive of the darkness. Now, efforts are being directed into the various transitional stages designed for the betterment of your world.

For a short while, widely publicized information will be tip-of-the-iceberg due to insufficient discovery or progress and other information will be intentionally skewed until control of mainstream media is totally eliminated. And although for some time the Internet will continue to be a more reliable source than most others, it is equally useful to those who still are trying to keep the truth hidden or distorted so be very discerning in evaluating whether information is credible. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 21, 2008.)

It is important that each and every one of you keep an open mind, as you assimilate actions that may not be all that they appear on the outside. There has been so much happening with our input that you cannot possibly know about it all and secrecy even for us is an important part of our strategy to keep ahead of the dark forces. It becomes vital that most of our plans and support from our allies are covert operations, as our progress may be deliberately delayed. (Atmos, Dec. 17, 2008.)

Be assured that behind the scenes there is far more happening than appears on the surface. (SaLuSa, Nov. 24, 2008.)

You can say with some confidence that it is all happening now because the first real changes that you can see taking place are in the public domain. The next 3 months are going to be very revealing, although much that has been planned is still occurring behind the scenes. (Diane of Sirius, Nov. 10, 2008.)

The reformation process in governments and economies continues apace, still mostly behind the public scene. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 30, 2008.)

From 2006

This is a team effort. ... Each of us is one player in the larger drama. We have our script, too. Everyone has their script, and we can't tell you details about your individual scripts. All we can tell you is that we are with you and working on you around the clock to enable you to make the rest of the journey successfully.

The drama that is playing out will become even more dramatic in the days, months, and years ahead. Observe it if you feel to, but allow it to play out without resistance from your end or contributing to it by becoming involved in it. It is going to play out, no matter how you respond to it. It isn't going to be stopped, and it isn't supposed to be stopped. (Heavenly Hosts, "Let it Be," Nov. 10, 2006, at http://www.ashtarcommand.net/profiles/blog/show?id=1985014%3ABlogPost%3A273050&xgs=1).

But Our True History Will be Revealed

From 2012

Do not be discouraged by the negative news - of wars, of dishonest politics and economics, of corporate disregard for the environment, and of general corruption - because it is merely bringing out into the open what many of you have long known.

All this has to be revealed publicly to help people understand the reason that massive changes in the way you live on Earth are essential to the general well-being.

And major changes are starting to occur as those with vision and integrity increase their efforts to alert humanity to some of the more egregious damage that has been inflicted on the planet and on humanity, purportedly in the name of progress and economic necessity.

The time for willful dismissal of the best interests of humanity, by those who have taken unto themselves the right and the power to make and put into effect policies and practices whose scandalous intent is hidden from public view, are at an end. (Jesus through John Smallman, Oct. 18, 2012.)

The unveiling of certain truths is predisposed towards the gradual unfolding, rather than a sudden, overwhelming blitzkrieg of information.

The delicate fabric of the soul is finely wrought by the hand of the Creator - and it would not wish for there to be any upheavals in the building of your true self. (David Wilcock, "Wilcock Reading, Dec. 2011, by the Source -- with David Wilcock," Aug. 28, 2012, at http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1078-2012shift.)

It is necessary that you know how you have been duped, and you have no reason to feel guilty about it as the dark Ones have wielded great power in the past. It goes back a very long time from when the negative energies were first attracted to Earth. You have, in fact, carried out a great service for the Universe by helping transmute them, often at great cost to yourselves.

Set yourselves free from the lower influences and stand up for your beliefs, because as the truth comes out you may have to explain your position. It is not however necessary to convince others that you carry the truth, or convert them to your ideas. When people are ready for it, it will be recognized for what it is, and much of what has stood for the truth is now being revealed and it will make people reassess their beliefs.

Before very long the Masters will return to Earth and, with those already here, will ensure that the false teachings and historical records are either corrected or removed. The truth is not just something written into your records, but an energy that lifts other people up and brings them to a true understanding. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2012.)

You will in good time learn the truth about the agenda of the dark Ones and, more to your liking, details of the wonderful life that lies ahead of you. Many of you are already quite knowledgeable, but nevertheless there is much that can be added that will give the complete picture.

We will not however dwell upon the negative as such matters will be destined for the history books of your civilization and available for your deeper consideration in the Akashic Records. Everything that has ever happened is recorded in its original detail, and any part of it can be re-lived if that is your desire. (SaLuSa, Aug. 22, 2012.)

You are beginning to reach that point of no return that has been so awaited by all of you, and you are now to find in the immediate period ahead many disclosures and revelations that we Lovingly ask you to prepare yourselves for.

The truths that have been given through channels have been only a small fraction of the overall truths that you are going to be given, and the plan for your world in general is that each and every one of you are to take up the work required to begin healing your beautiful world in the mass, effective ways that have been needed. (The Pleiadian High Council through Wes Annac, July 6, 2012, at http://aquariuschannelings.com/)

What will cause considerable unrest are the shocking truths that will be coming forth. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2012.)

As predicted some time ago, you will have noted that the truth behind many dark operations is leaking out. You can take much credit for it as the level of vibrations has increased very considerably, and the Light will uncover what has previously been hidden. The truth will come out regardless of what steps are taken to hide it, and we will back up the evidence against the Illuminati for the crimes committed against you by them. (SaLuSa, June 18, 2012.)

The extent to which there has been an ongoing cover-up of the truth for many, many years is quite astonishing to us, as your Governments have spent enormous amounts of money in supporting the organizations that are being used for this purpose.

Even now it continues with SETI, who search the Universe for signs of intelligent life, yet your Government has had a continuous dialogue with the extraterrestrials you know as the Grays. It has been going on for some 70 years, and on a regular basis.

Even we of the Galactic Federation of Light have had contact with your leaders, and our offers to bring peace to the world were refused. That did not surprise us, because the agenda of the dark Ones was to take over the world and enslave the people. Their plans were well advanced and within sight of success, until you suddenly responded to the Light and began to understand the truth. (SaLuSa, June 1, 2012.)

Sooner or later you will have to face the awful truth of how you have been used all along, to fill the coffers of those who have for eons of time been the driving force behind your governments. The extent of their power will truly astound and shock you, and more so when you realise how a large proportion of the population was destined to be eliminated. With our coming that threat has been removed, but history will show that the lives of millions were nevertheless subject to their insidious plots. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2012.)

We are able to continually monitor any situation on Earth and have many such monitors sustained and looked upon on our ships.

Through extremely small Nano-like technology that goes past even the notice of your dark, we are able to monitor any situation and even without the use of such technology, we are able to find everything we need through an easy counseling of the Akashic Records which hold each and every event that has ever manifested on Earth.

As such, we are keeping our eyes and hearts on Earth constantly and are working with ourselves and with our many liaison teams to see that all that has been predicted to transpire in the time window established will do so as needed. (The Pleiadian High Council, "Consciousness of our Craft and our Earthly Lineage," channeled through Wes Annac, April 21, 2012, at http://aquariuschannelings.com/2012/04/21/the-pleiadian-high-council-consciousness-of-our-craft-and-our-earthly-lineage/.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and so pleased that matters can now be placed into public view. Information can now be released knowing that it will reach you, and in future there will be a direct line to you. We have nothing to hide but for obvious reasons do not reveal our hand to the dark Ones.

Whatever information they are able to pick up, they will be unable to hack our systems as they are technically beyond them. It is in fact quite the opposite, as we have access to their communications and nothing is kept secret or beyond our reach. We are normally a step ahead of them, which is why we are confident of the outcome of our activities. Victory is ours, and we share the joy with you. (SaLuSa, April 6, 2012.)

Whatever you need to know will be given, unlike now when your scientists have kept knowledge from you. They know that the solar system is changing, and that your Sun is a main focal point for what is occurring. N.A.S.A. has been the biggest culprit at hiding the facts, and issuing false information. All of this will rapidly change in the coming months.

The truth is going to be the top of our list of changes, so that in future you will know that you can trust the information that you are given. For too long you have been forced to live the lie about your own place in the world. You have been totally misled about your rights, that have been slowly taken from you to remove your independence. Your enslavement was been very carefully planned, and you were nearly under the total control of the Illuminati. (SaLuSa, April 2, 2012.)

Mankind has had adequate time to start paying attention to the many messages given, that are intended to pave the way for the greater revelations. The ones in the slow lane will have to witness much that will be a great shock to their mindset, but we must get moving. There is no more time to wait until a greater percentage of you are understanding what is about to happen.

That will of course change dramatically, when the media are released from the constraints placed upon them by the dark Ones. Truth has been a rare commodity in the past, but as the controls are removed, it will come back in full force. Even those who profess to be aware are even so going to be surprised at the full extent of lies and disinformation, that has been dished up as the truth in the past. It goes well beyond what you would imagine, and will reveal the extent to which you have been controlled. (SaLuSa, March 28, 2012.)

"All that is hidden must now be revealed." That statement reflects a profound Truth that is affirmed by all world religions and spiritual aspirants whenever the end times that we are now in the midst of are discussed. For several decades, sincere and dedicated people have been focusing on everything that is wrong with Humanity and our institutions, and they have used every possible opportunity to tell the masses about all of the negative things occurring on the planet.

Their intent was to wake people up from the mesmerized stupor in which so many of us function. The problem is that our thoughts and feelings are creative, so when we encourage people to focus their attention on all of the maladies that are causing Humanity's pain and suffering, without giving them viable solutions to solve the problems, we just incite fear and anger. This actually feeds and empowers the very maladies we are trying to expose, and it makes everything much worse.

Now, during this momentous year of 2012, the Company of Heaven want us to clearly understand that indeed "All that is hidden must NOW be revealed." But it is imperative that the viable solutions to the appalling and shocking things being exposed are also revealed. At this very moment, when we are being bombarded with the polarizing misrepresentations of global politics, and terrorized by the saber-rattling of potential new wars it is vital that we step back, take a deep breath, and invoke the Light of God to help us see the bigger picture.

The need of the hour is for us to learn about the clandestine people, places, conditions, and things that have manipulated and controlled us, without being pulled into the fray or overwhelmed with negative emotions. That is easier said than done when we become aware that these things and the people behind them are responsible for a vast number of the challenges we are all experiencing, and most of Humanity's pain and suffering. However, if we want to free ourselves from this oppressive situation so we can co-create the patterns of perfection for the New Earth and our New Planetary CAUSE of Divine Love, we have no other option.

We are One with ALL Life, there is no separation. That means that there is no such thing as "us against them." If we are going to God Victoriously Ascend up the Spiral of Evolution into the 5th-Dimensional Realms of God's Infinite Light, we must become aware of all that is hidden so that we can transmute it back into Light. Then we will be able to take positive and peaceful action.

Together we will clear the way and co-create a new paradigm that reflects our Oneness and the Reverence for ALL Life. But first and foremost, in order to get to that place, we must detach from the negativity we are learning about and observe what is being revealed to us as an objective observer. Never has there been a more optimum time for us to accomplish that mighty feat.(Patricia Diane Cota-Robles, "All That Is Hidden Must Now Be Revealed," March 8, 2012, at www.eraofpeace.org.)

Prepare your selves my beloved for the times that are fast approaching that will literally shake all out of their doldrums and awaken them to realities they thought only existed in fairy tales and fantasy or science fiction.

Prepare by first becoming informed of the many atrocities that have been committed in the name of God or for misuse of power. This is only the tip of the proverbial iceberg as so much will be revealed to you shortly. Many when they hear of these atrocities and ponder if they could be true, will reach out to those who may know.

That dear ones will be where you come in, to assist those who are asking. As always, it is "ask and you shall receive". So as they ask, you will be there to assist in their awakening and to extinguish all the flames of mistrust that arise and to quench their thirst for truth. Literally, "the truth shall set you all free". It is the truth that will pave the way for a new earth and a new heaven upon the earth for only in truth are a people actually free.

Only in truth can a people pursue their God given rights as it was said in your constitution which has been greatly abused and misused. The time is now dear ones to once again take up your mantle of greatness and do what you came here to do, what many of you have done countless times before.

It is time now to remember your ancient heritage and help all those who ask for this remembrance. It is truly time to come to the aid of all your brothers and sisters and to help give them back their dignity and sovereignty on this planet. ("Sananda: Only Love Prevails," channeled through James McConnel, Feb. 28, 2012, at http://www.meetup.com/Ancient-Awakenings/messages/31453472/.)

You hunger for the truth as you come to realize that for eons of time it has been kept from you, and that much you view as your history has been fabricated to suit the aims of those involved. Perhaps the most important omission is evidence of our visitations to Earth, and the contacts we have made. However, through archeology for those who eyes to see, there is evidence going back thousands of years.

Some of it is undeniable, even to the point of showing that craft were in your skies long before you took to the air. If it had already been accepted that we were constant visitors to your Earth, and had meaningful contacts when we imparted knowledge to you, it would have been so much easier to make Disclosure. In fact, in some ways it might not have even been necessary to do it at all, as our link to you would have been understood, and our visits would have already been openly taking place. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2012.)

Until you learn how you have been manipulated and used by the dark Ones, you will have little idea of how far their tentacles reached. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

From one day to another circumstances in your world are changing very rapidly. The facts may not be readily available to you, but as the purge of the dark Ones continues you will learn more about it. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

How could we help you consciously and spiritually prepare to physically accompany Earth into higher densities if we never mentioned that she is through with everything you think of as evil, and all of it has sprung from darkly-inclined individuals in ruling bodies or the ones who control them from behind the scene?

You need to know why your world became a hotbed of corruption and deception and bloodshed, why Earth reached the point of near death and called out for help, why other civilizations came to her rescue, why the Golden Age was planned. All of that is why you are where you are! (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

Lightworkers all over the world are seeing the fruits of their work to bring Light to the Earth. People are awakening at a much quicker rate, and are certainly feeling the new vibrations that are awash upon your Earth. It has the effect of clearing away the cobwebs that have clouded their sight. Now the truth is beginning to resound everywhere, and questions are being asked that you the Lightworkers can answer. Sooner or later the whole question of what the year 2012 will bring for you will have to be discussed, as rumors abound based on the different interpretations of the Mayan Calendar. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2011.)

It was not too long ago that you tended to accept whatever those in authority told you, and they used your trust to hoodwink you whilst carrying out their covert operations against you. Almost on a daily basis you are now learning about the truth behind many events that have been the work of the dark Ones, but hidden behind legitimate activities. The truth goes a lot deeper than you really know, but over the coming months it is going to be revealed to set the historical records right.

It will be presented in such a way that no amount of denial will change the facts that support the accounts we will give you. We also need them to substantiate the actions that are planned, when many persons in authority are removed because they have participated in criminal activities against the you. At this point our concern is to get them out quite lawfully, and not waste time before they are replaced by those who are of the Light.

Over the many years we have accumulated more than sufficient evidence to show which individuals have broken their promises to work for the people, and instead fallen for promises to get rich quick at their expense. We can therefore largely dispense with the laborious and long winded trials that there is no longer sufficient time for. However, some crimes against you are of such gravity that a few individuals will stand trial, so as to reveal the full extent of them.

As you can imagine, such Beings are those who are of the Illuminati and controlled the plans to bring about world slavery of the Human Race. Clearly with Ascension so near to manifesting they will eventually be removed, and spend their time at an appropriate level where they can reflect upon the effect they have had upon millions of Beings. All is not lost where they are concerned, but their path back to the Light will be long and arduous. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2011.)

You are embarking on a glorious adventure. Earth will be transformed into a planet of light, love and peace. Remember through this struggle that the end result will be permanent, it's not just a short-term thing. You - all of you who work in the Light - are the creators of the New Age of Enlightenment. You are making history - real history - not the lies that were taught to you as history. Everything that you have been taught is the opposite of the truth. What you are told is good for you, is actually bad for you. Yes, it is a shock to learn that those who control you are actually that EVIL! (Montague Keen, Nov. 13, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/11/montague-keen-november-13-2011/.)

The truth is being revealed and explained. (Montague Keen, Oct. 23, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/10/montague-keen-october-23-2011/.)

The dark Ones face an impossible task to stop the movement for change from becoming stronger. They cannot handle vast numbers who have such a strong willpower, who will fight to the last until they get their victory. At last the media has been forced to report what is really happening in the world, as even they are moving away from the controls placed upon them.

They will have a field day when journalists can report the truth, particularly when events such as 9/11 are revealed for what they really are. The pressure on the US is growing to arrange an independent investigation, and President Obama may yet lead the way. It is only a matter of time before one takes place, and the truth is revealed.

The purpose of revealing the acts of the dark Ones is not to take revenge, as all souls are called to account for their thought and actions to much higher authorities. It is so that you understand how you came to be in the position you found yourselves. You were just short of becoming totally enslaved and controlled by a draconian World Government that was to be put in place.

Your rights would have been strictly controlled and curtailed, so that you had little freedom unless you conformed to the new world order. It has not come about overnight, but has been planned for millennia of time. Slowly and almost unnoticed you have been fooled and misled so that you gave your rights away. There were plenty of warnings, but you were lulled into a false sense of security. You need to understand the reasons so that you fully benefit from the experiences. (SaLuSa, Oct. 21, 2011.)

As the Light continues to shine upon you the truth becomes enhanced. At a certain break point all secrets will be revealed. You will see some empires crumble and wrongs will be corrected for the benefit of humanity. This will be a time of reconciliation on many levels. We watch with keen awareness of this process that is now in full swing. Our view of the corruption would be more than your minds could comprehend. You will know that we are saying when the time is right for the revelations to come out. (Mira the Pleiadian, May 14, 2011.)

Almost every day somewhere in the world, what was hidden is being revealed and the truth will continue to become known. It will provide the opportunity to move on from accepted corrupt and criminal activities. Such energies will gradually disappear, to be replaced by the desire for open dealings that are honestly carried out. Once it is seen to bring in the changes, a new mindset will ensure that honesty becomes a way of life. That can of course start anytime and the sooner the better, as there is nothing more likely to be followed that elevates the values Man works from. Be an example to others and help create a new energy of fairness and justice, and let it be seen in your everyday dealings. These are all aspects of the changes necessary if you are to complete your journey in an ascended state. (SaLuSa, Jan. 31, 2011.)

It will be most important that we can prove beyond doubt whatever information we give you, and that we can do in ways that will astound you by going back into the past. You love your mysteries but you will enjoy the answers more so, and you could take the Great Pyramid as an example. It has caused so much speculation as to when it was built and to its purpose. Some investigators have found out much in this respect, but the vast numbers of you have little idea at all.

Let us say that it goes back some 10,000 years and was built by Extraterrestrials, who created a network of such giants all around the world as you are discovering. In the main your history about them is very limited, and inaccurate as applies to much of your past 12,000 years or more. What is interesting is that you were your own ancestors. Hence it explains why some of you feel such a strong pull towards certain civilisations. It can affect your taste and preferences even today, and is apparent in many homes. It will thrill you when we show you exactly how the Great Pyramid was really built, by bringing the past to you. (SaLuSa, Jan. 21, 2011.)

You have waited so long for the conclusion to this cycle and the changes it will bring, and all that really matters is that you are prepared for Ascension and never lose sight of it. You will learn the truth of what has preceded this period, and how the dark Ones have plotted and planned against you for many, many centuries. It has been ongoing with the very idea that they could take world control of the whole population, and prevent you from ascending.

They have been as aware, if not more so, of the plan for Ascension than you have, and expected to achieve success before you realized what was happening. They reckoned without the Brotherhoods of Light that oversee your evolution, and the Divine Plan that declared the intent to close this cycle with Ascension. (SaLuSa, Jan. 3, 2011.)

From 2010

However, the full truth will come out in good time, for your appreciation and understanding of the last century. It will be shocking and beyond belief for most people. It is not the intention that you should waste too much energy on such matters, and your focus should remain on your immediate future. The Laws of the Universe are immutable, and be sure any soul that has erred in their judgement and actions will face the truth of the consequences. (SaLuSa, Nov. 10, 2010.)

The hidden truth concerning many matters of importance to you is surfacing, and there is so much more that must become public knowledge. It is important that you understand how you have been mislead for eons of time, as then you will accept the extent of the changes that will bring many new ideas into your lives. (SaLuSa, Oct. 18, 2010.)

Regrettably for various reasons of self-empowerment your history has been falsified, and that is an area that we shall put right. You are entitled to know your true history although it will bring back painful memories.

You have been continuously misled, and it has divided people so that they have been against each other. Chaos has ensued, and peace has only been a momentary blessing. However, to live peacefully together is your right, and as you have learnt of late the people of other countries are just like you in this respect. (SaLuSa, Oct. 4, 2010.)

Following the announcement of our presence, you will be inundated with information that has been kept from you. For a time you will be hard pressed to keep up with it, which is why we ask you to keep an open mind. There are few people that are still unaware of our craft, or deny their existence. So confirmation of our existence will hardly come as a shock.

That reaction is more likely to come with learning how you have been used by the dark Ones, to achieve their agenda for world control. You placed your trust and lives in the hands of those who should have worked in your best interest. You will find that they were only out to enslave you, and made diabolical plans to achieve it. It is these revelations that worry those responsible for what has taken place, and although the truth leaks out into the public domain, it is much more far reaching than you can possibly imagine.

Until you are able to learn the truth about yourselves and your history, you will remain confused. Upon learning the truth you will be released from the controls placed upon your freedom. Also with a greater understanding of who you really are, will experience a rapid opening up of your consciousness. The obstacles to your understanding will be removed, and you will be given every opportunity to learn the truth from us, and other Beings that will emerge from amongst you. It is all planned and for a while it will be a roller coaster ride, but very enjoyable. The relief of it all will encircle your Earth, and a new energy will permeate everything and bring Love and Light to you all. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2010.)

We can hardly wait to meet you, and reach that point where we can share our knowledge with you. Whilst your history is important, your future is to be fully explained so that you can prepare yourselves for life in the higher dimensions. ...

Yes, Dear Ones, there is a lot to tell you about, but we try not to overwhelm you with the details too quickly. Sufficient to say that instead of being earthbound you will be Space Beings, free to experience all of its wonders and myriad of life forms. (SaLuSa, Jan. 21, 2010.)

Dear Ones, let it be said that before you dropped down into the lower vibrations, you were fully aware of your origin as a Spark of God. That was so long ago that it cannot be spoken of in linear terms, as initially you were not in a physical body such as you have now.

However, intelligent life forms have been on Earth for millions of years during which the Earth has become a prison planet, where for various reasons souls have been sent to it. As a result you have become quite a mixture of souls, from the unmanageable who exploited the dark energies, to those who have brought the Light with them. What has ensued for millennia of time is constant battles between the dark and Light to control the Earth. Each have had periods when they have been the dominant force, and gradually the Light has emerged as the victor. However, this was not before the dark Ones virtually achieved their plan for total world control, and the slavery of Mankind. (SaLuSa, Aug. 25, 2010.)

When you finally learn of your real history, you will understand how the dark Ones have been extremely devious. They have used everything in their power to prevent you coming to the realisation of your innate power, and your Source. They have attempted to get you to believe that you are nothing more than your physical body, and rely on them for your survival. Now that so many of you have discovered your spiritual self, and realise that you are immortal they are running scared. It is you who have turned the tables on them, and very soon their power base will completely collapse. (SaLuSa, Aug. 23, 2010.)

[The spread of truth] is ongoing and will go forward with leaps and bounds, once we are able to come out openly to you. Everything possible will be done to present the truth in a gentle way, without any judgement upon those who have allowed themselves to be misled.

The truth commences with the one omnipotent God of your Universe. Many mortals may have been seen as gods, and named as such but there is in reality only the One Supreme God. Different names may have been used, and some souls have deserved to be considered Saint. However, there is still only the One Truth, and The One God. It is a good point to start from, which will bring people together, and put a stop to the claims that one person's God is better than another.

The next step is to remove the teachings that have not originated from God or his true servants. The Laws of God are quite clear and based on Unconditional Love, and anything less is not of God's word. (SaLuSa, May 28, 2010.)

Originally the Golden Age master plan created by the highest council called for a gradual emergence of the many truths during the process of world transformation and spiritual renewal. However, the tenacity of the dark ones has created a time crunch of sorts, as many profound revelations still must come forth so that once again the peoples will know they are powerful gods and goddesses, inseparable parts of the universal family of souls.

Even with considerable time to assimilate that ultimate truth, it would be difficult for many, and perhaps impossible for some, to believe it. Yet, that reality and many others of shocking nature have to be disclosed within a brief period so that myriad changes of a magnitude you can hardly imagine can be accomplished, and all of those changes are gathering momentum. (Matthew's Message, May 19, 2010.)

Suddenly you are seeing so much happening at once and the truth is emerging all around you, and there is an awareness of what is behind it. The once hidden is being revealed and as long as you can spot the disinformation, you will get a clearer picture of the direction of Mankind. Nothing will ever be quite the same, and it is not in your interests to return to the old paradigm. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

Information will be disseminated that has been hidden for hundreds if not thousands of earthly years. The people have a right to this information. Some will come up from the Earth herself. In other instances some people will come forward with it. It could be earth shattering and life changing to many. (Mira the Pleiadian, April 23, 2010.)

So much of your understanding that has dictated the way you live and re-act with each other is found to be wanting and all of that will have to change in readiness for Ascension.

Your beliefs are strong and sometimes prejudiced by national and religious interests. We will bring you the truth of all matters, and particularly your recent history that has been written by those who would hide the real truth. Be open to new versions about Man's evolution, and we will trace it back many thousands of years into your ancient past. (SaLuSa, May 5, 2010.)

You cannot fail to have noticed that of late, the pressure on the authorities to bring out the truth has intensified. As more of you are making your own enquiries so the questions become more frequent, and they cannot be ignored. Brave individuals now stand up and talk [about] their findings, and it adds to the knowledge that already exists. …

It is in fact too late for the last cabal to stop the incoming tide that will sweep away the dross and lies, that have brought about your problems. ... Fortunately, you have since seen through their plan to enslave you, and bring it about by creating chaos and taking away your sovereign rights. (SaLuSa, May 3, 2010.)

Even though ... recent legal battles against darkness are ever so welcome, we know they are not the dramatic revelations you have been awaiting. All lighted souls in this universe would love to see the full abundance of truths shooting out like endless fireworks instead of sporadic arrays of sparklers, but it is imperative for the creation of a peace-loving, honest global society that the truths emerge through legal proceedings based on irrefutable evidence. There also is the important issue of how much shocking information psyches can handle at one time.

You can expect the Illuminati to fight viciously all along the way, but their dark activities becoming public cannot be detoured, much less stopped. The door has opened a crack and nothing they can do will keep it from opening wider and wider until the vibrations of the in-pouring light are so powerful that they will vanquish every iota of darkness on the planet. So do not doubt for a moment that the light is winning - in the continuum, where Earth is rapidly heading, the light already has WON! (Matthew's Message, April 26, 2010.)

The dark Ones continue to find that their covert actions are being revealed, and in a time of truth so will it continue. The extent and scale to which you have been used and manipulated, is beyond your full understanding.

However, you will learn sufficient to know that something radical and far reaching must be done, to cut out the cancer of corruption that has spread all through politics and business. Such knowledge will ensure that whatever replaces it, is based upon honesty and fairness with the object of doing what is best for all. (SaLuSa, April 14, 2010.)

With the massive amount of truth to be revealed, a foremost consideration is to attain a balance between how rapidly startling information can be given and how much psyches can assimilate healthfully. (Matthew's Message, March 29, 2010.)

An issue of great importance being considered by light-filled leaders is: How much shocking information can people assimilate before it starts wreaking havoc within the collective consciousness? You will greet each revelation with rejoicing, knowing that it is a step closer to world transformation and Earth's Golden Age.

But ignorance of that and many other truths - like the various kinds of mind control to "dumb down" your brain functions, and the vast underground laboratories and living accommodations for the "Little Grays" that are funded by the Illuminati's illegal drug industry - is the lot of most people. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

Keep calm as you get to hear of the truth behind many tragedies that have occurred in recent times. The bigger truth of how you have been kept back for millennia of time will astound you, and you will gasp at the degree to which your power has been taken away from you. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2010.)

All that has been hidden from you is being revealed, which prepares you for greater revelations that will shock many people. However, the truth must come out which will help you understand why the changes will be so sweeping. The tentacles of the dark Ones have penetrated most of the great institutions on a worldwide basis. They have infiltrated the governments, military and big business often buying their way into them. All these issues have to be addressed, and they shall be sorted out to remove those who are guilty of going against your interests. (SaLuSa, Feb. 10, 2010.)

We do not say it lightly but looking at your history it is the story of one war after another, and a massive amount of destruction and the enormous death tolls, it is a wonder to us that you have been able to restore the Light. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2010.)

From 2009

Dear Ones, we seem to preach to you but we only place before you the truth, as for too long you have been brought under the control of those who have dictated what you should believe. Look within if you are in any doubt and follow your intuition, and above all be prepared to change your most sacred beliefs if you feel it is right to do so. There are so many revelations going to come out, at times your minds will be overflowing with questions.

Answers will be provided and we will follow those up with whatever proof you require. We know already what your concerns are, but hitherto you have had to source your own answers. Carry on seeking, as many Lighted Ones are on Earth specifically to help you find the truth. Where you find conflict between one version to another, take out of them what feels right to you and in time all will slot into place.

As you know by now, your history bears little resemblance to the official records, and it is more a matter of hiding the past from your eyes. However, the truth cannot be hidden, and every event that has ever occurred is held within the Hall of Records. (SaLuSa, Oct. 26, 2009.)

One day you shall learn about your past history, that is red with blood of the innocent souls who have stood up to the dark Ones. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2009.)

Decisions that concern your own evolution can only be correctly made when you have the full facts. (SaLuSa, Aug. 19, 2009.)

There is so much activity going on at present that is pushing hard to bring out long concealed truths. Ones that will alter your whole understanding of how you have been mislead for such a long time. Matters that should have become public knowledge long ago, and expanded your awareness of your own place in the world. The time is approaching when the floodgates will be opened, and no amount of denial or attempts to conceal the truth will work. You are to become enlightened as to your true selves, and your destiny as this cycle reaches its end. Can you not feel the air of expectancy around you and the driving energy that is bringing out the truth? It is happening right now, and once people gain the confidence to speak their minds, there will be no stopping them. (Ker-On, Aug. 5, 2009.)

Many revelations about their illegal operations are waiting to be announced to the world. The truth has to be established for your understanding. SaLuSa, Aug. 3, 2009.)

Quite frankly because many different groups have held sway over you, it is not going to be easy to get you to accept the truth of your past. All who have held power have indoctrinated you into false beliefs, causing you to yield to their domination. (SaLuSa, June 19, 2009.)

We will do a considerable amount to ensure that the facts of your lives upon Earth are placed before you. (Ag-Agria, June 12, 2009.)

As a member of the Galactic Federation I have access to the Akashic records and can tell you that every deed and thought is recorded but is not used against you, and is there to ensure the truth is indisputable. It follows that when we can at last meet you, our teaching of your true history can be supported by irrefutable evidence.

It is important from a spiritual point of view that you know the truth about your experiences upon Earth. There is some irony here, as you of course come to Earth precisely for experience. However, it has left many with emotional and mental problems and it can be in part be helped by a full understanding of your past lives. (Diane of Sirius, May 29, 2009.)

Cleansing is not just a physical application, but it also concerns your history which as recorded bears little resemblance to the truth. The dark forces have hidden their activities by re-writing it, and presenting themselves as your saviors. In modern times they have instigated and connived to create many of the very incidents that they have claimed to save you from. Their ways are very subtle, and Man who has a natural trusting nature has been tricked into supporting them.

However, you are now in a time when secrets are being uncovered, and proof found that reveals much of the deception that has taken place. Hitherto, you have tended to ignore such revelations, but with the clamor for change ... back to honest dealings and fairness in all matters, a different view is being taken. (Diane of Sirius, May 29, 2009.)

The truth about many beings is being discovered. The complete truth will be revealed. This will make way for huge progress in the re-formation of the systems of the Earth. A restructuring is necessary. It will happen. (Mira the Pleiadian, Apr. 7, 2009.)

From 2008

We know you are full of questions and once we can safely walk amongst you, the time will come for a series of revelations about the history of your civilisation. It will mean that much of what has been presented to you previously will have to be discarded, as your version of it is far from accurate. You have been deliberately kept from learning the truth about your links with us, and how we have guided your evolution. (Ker-On of Venus, 3 Oct. 2008.)

From 2004

There is an energetic "hall of records" within Earth, where it is maintained current by the evolved souls living there. Ancient written records have been discovered on the planet, although most have been intentionally destroyed or suppressed from public view, and many more still are to be discovered in tombs and other places considered sacred to the populations at those times. Nirvana's libraries contain both energetic and print form records chronicling planetary history - this includes replicas of the destroyed and lost records I mentioned - and universally, the Akashic records hold individually and collectively the history of souls and creation. (Matthew's Message, April 20, 2004.)

The Media are Beginning to Yield

From 2013

We cannot yet cause the media to start reporting fairly and accurately, but that will come and no longer will you have any doubts regarding the news you are given. In most of these matters we do look to you to get things started, thus allowing us by the Law of Attraction to join you. You came to Earth to experience duality and you are still experiencing some of the "fall out" even as it has completed its cycle. There are uncompleted actions that bring the dark energy to light for cleansing, and this is where you come in. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2013.)

From 2012

Each day now may provide the first real evidence of what has been happening behind the scenes that will convey to you the ongoing changes. The media will not handle the "good" news regrettably because it is still controlled. However, your Internet is so vast that you will have no problem in finding references to Disclosure and other anticipated events, and often from those who have a genuine source of information.

Yet you still have to beware of some authentic looking websites and reports that are put out to confuse you. When the true announcements are made there will be no doubt in your minds as to their truthfulness. Disclosure is for example of world-wide importance, and accordingly it will be down to your leaders to handle it. (SaLuSa, Nov. 26, 2012.)

It is important to be discerning about information of world events, too, because disinformation still abounds in mainstream media, private publications and the Internet, including channeled messages. Again, go within and pay attention to the sensation that comes. If the information at issue flows easily, very likely it is truth; if you feel any resistance, very likely it is false. The lower consciousness level of a closed mind, however, will cause the person to reject all information that doesn't support her or his rigid beliefs.

Above all, do not get drawn in by any fearful information - there is nothing to fear! This is a time to feel joyful, excited and victorious! You are but a tiny segment of linear time away from the finish line of the greatest triumph ever seen in this universe, and in the continuum you have passed the finish line, you already have triumphed! (Matthew's Message, Oct. 21, 2012.)

Bear in mind that the events that have been unwinding are directly for your benefit. As much as you learn through the various sources of information, the truth is difficult to convey in a way that you will fully understand without being backed with firm evidence. That will come after those who block such information are removed, and we will do it in such a way that you are left without any doubts as to the truth. (SaLuSa, Sept. 10, 2012.)

As you can well imagine, we are monitoring the Earth's situation diligently. So much is happening that you don't know about. You are not being told much of what is actually occurring because those that control the media do not want you to be informed. They continue to want to create a semblance of fear so they can keep you under control. At some point there will be a resounding change in this behavior for what is needed for you to know will be told. They will not be able to prevent the truth from coming out. (Mira the Pleiadian, Sept. 4, 2012.)

Over the last few decades more and more people have been coming to this realization [of human unity], as your technical abilities have continued to develop far faster than your wisdom, and the results of these old ways led to an exponential increase in pain, suffering, and collateral destruction of the environment that supports your physical existence. Consequently, enormous changes in the way you respond to and treat one another are rapidly replacing those old annihilative and corrosive ones.

Following the reporting on the mainstream media may well give the impression that this is not the case, but you need to remember that that media is owned and controlled by those who would control you, and it is obviously not in their interests to inform you of what is truly occurring. Nevertheless, they no longer have a stranglehold on the dissemination of information, and the truth is coming out despite their best efforts to contain it.

As more and more information about how you have been lied to and betrayed by those who have claimed to be working on your behalf becomes generally known, so more of you will feel that nudge to awaken, to change the insane reality in which you apparently have to live your lives, and to join collectively together to change the nightmare of your illusory reality into a pleasant and harmonious dream from which awakening will be easy, enticing, and entrancing. (Jesus through John Smallman, Aug. 26, 2012.)

Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets. The news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored. Governments like to be in control and have always tried to cover up news about demonstrations or rebellions amongst the people. However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people.

Naturally there will still be those who take a defensive view of the happenings, fearing that the changes are going to seriously affect them. People do not want to face the idea that they are about to lose their power, or in some cases their ill-gotten wealth. (SaLuSa, June 27, 2012.)

Prepare for great movements of information all over your globe that will focus those who are not in tune with what you have been accomplishing all this while. This will be the next, and greatest to date, mass awakening of individuals who have been asleep through the process thus far. This information will come from many sources, including your media, which has even now begun to unravel the Illuminati control about it. Truth is rolling over those that resist, and those who have always wanted this information to "get out" now see no impediment to their actions to make it so. This trickle will now become the floodgates of information that are a precursor to disclosure. (Wanderer of the Skies, June 21, 2012.)

Because the dissemination of accurate information is crucial, another good indicator of the light's progress is that mainstream media censorship clearly is on the decline. (Matthew's Message, June 3, 2012.)

The media is aware of what is happening but hold back for fear of the consequences. That will change in short time, as we must have an informed public before we can consider open contact. We can see the broader picture as we view it from outside of Earth, and that enables us to act in everyone's interest. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2012.)

There are a number of trusted allies that are in the forefront of releasing information that makes clear what our intentions are. In short time we will also play our part in bringing out the facts directly to the public. ... Many atrocities have taken place that you are unaware of, but the truth cannot be concealed.

Once the media commence reporting the arrests that are already underway that include many public figures, there will be calls for retribution. We do however ask that everyone avoids their emotions running away with them, as we assure you justice will be seen to be done. Unlike earlier times, no one will be able to cheat justice or buy their way out of it. (SaLuSa, May 11, 2012.)

Everything continues to build up to the point that what is happening where the arrests are concerned, cannot be ignored for much longer by the media.

We not only want their support, but events reported as they truly happen and with a truthful explanation.

Eventually we will provide our own services to ensure our actions are not misrepresented, but meantime we welcome and thank those of the Light who are in the forefront of revelations through the Internet. Sometimes the reports are somewhat speculative, which means that you must still be discerning in how you interpret them. By and large they will be reliable, but you must still watch out for deliberate disinformation. (SaLuSa, April 20, 2012.)

Clearly once the media is released from the control of the Illuminati, much that has recently passed and gone unreported will be revealed. For example the present task of bringing criminals to justice who have committed crimes against Humanity should be front page news but it is not. (SaLuSa, April 16, 2012.)

Dear Ones, all proceeds well, and you near the time when our actions and that of our allies will be reported in the media. With it will come explanations for what takes place, and it will be made clear that our intervention has been authorized by the High Councils that look after your evolution.

Normally you would be left to determine your future, and that is still true where your Ascension is concerned. However, we talk of the greater picture, and our responsibility to carry out the Divine Decree that you shall all have the opportunity to ascend. You are about to witness the capitulation of the dark Ones, who are now aware that they are doomed to failure. There is no way out and whether on or off Earth they will face justice, and also given to understand and experience the far reaching effects that their actions caused. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)

You have heard of the Divine and celestial aspects of the changes and what is currently happening though only to a certain extent, and through the various whistleblowers sharing what they know at this time you are also beginning to see a Lightening of the suppression of truth that has been deliberately perpetrated on Earth. Those who know the truth are ignoring the orders from the top and breaking rank with the unfair at best, veils of secrecy that has been fed and enforced through fear.

All those who know of revolutionary things are not allowed to talk, for reasons made out of thin air when the real reasons behind the suppression of so very many things are for control and for a sustained feeding of the elite class and of a presumed 'betterness' on the part of your dark than the rest of humanity.

The many revolutionary things you have been hearing about have been suppressed for far longer than you might think, and we could say that the 'Star Trek' reality could have in fact been a reality by your 1940s, but the very ideas and inventions of many things by many revolutionary scientists, the majority of which you never hear about, were either deliberately suppressed or fed into the program of the military industrial complex where such information remained classified except to the souls involved in such projects who are now coming forward in mass numbers with what they know and have experienced. (The Pleiadian High Council, "Suppressed Revelations and Impending Changes," channeled through Wes Annac, April 1, 2012 at http://tinyurl.com/7bac88z.)

Many exciting things are now planned in the days and weeks ahead. As changes continue with your world governments and your media, with emphasis on your financial institutions, you will see more and more a willingness to openly discuss what has, until now, been the 800 pound gorilla in the room. You will hear statements as politicians and media personality begin to openly talk about the Illuminati and their role in your world and what must be done to take back the world for your people. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 25, 2012.)

We are ... hopeful of taking a great step forward very soon, and one that will be such that you will get to learn of it. We have some backing form the media, and believe it will not take much before reporting of what is happening will spread and be accurate.

We are not out for sensationalism, but nevertheless the events will be quite extraordinary. We want it to be known that the old regime is no longer in charge, and that it will be replaced by one that truly represents the people. The Light is returning Dear Ones, and it will reach into everyone's lives for the better. (SaLuSa, March 19, 2012.)

Soon they will be forced to surrender to our demands, and since they now have no means of escape, there is really no alternative for them. It means we along with our allies can go pressing ahead with our plans.

Each project is underway and that will result in a sudden wealth of information reaching you. Events are such that the facts can no longer be kept hidden, and with that there will be an explosion of people coming forward to tell what they know. It may take longer where the Vatican is concerned, as it is akin to a secret society that has kept its dark secrets hidden well away. However, nothing will remain concealed for too long, as you are entitled to know the truth and the extent to which you have been deceived.

For the time being you will have to rely on us for the truth or other sources of information that appear on your Internet. It is relatively free of interference, although the dark Ones will focus on whistleblowers who are prepared to reveal much that has happened or is taking place now that is a threat to you. (SaLuSa, March 16, 2012.)

You have much to look forward to in these coming days as more and more dominoes fall at a much greater and accelerating pace. Already, you are beginning to see the turn of fortune occurring on the financial front. This will be followed quickly by the media, where many will begin to pay for their crimes and many more will turn towards open, honest, and investigative reporting. This, in turn, will be followed by a move to "clean house" with your political leaders and the stepping forward of those who consciously have begun to awaken within the halls of power in your many governments to set straight their role as stewards of society. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 14, 2012.) Regretfully the media is still stifled by the old approach that prevents free speech, and investigative journalism that is allowed to bring out the truth.

Much is happening that should be told, so that you have a grasp of what is behind events that are threatening world peace. Better still, would be truthful reporting so that your minds were put at rest, knowing that although attempts have been made to start another World War, they have failed and will continue to do so. (SaLuSa, March 12, 2012.)

Our allies with our help are doing all they can to push the media to return to true and factual reporting, and to remove the gags and censorship that has been used to hide the truth from you. With so much going on we would like to see them bring you up to date reports of the worldwide resignations, and arrests of top people involved in criminal acts.

Such information will serve to give others the confidence to come forward, and help cleanse banking and politics from the immoral and unscrupulous activities of those who only work for self. You can expect some astonishing events very soon that will show without doubt, that the old paradigm has been shattered never to rise once again. (SaLuSa, Feb. 29, 2012.)

Matters have reached a point where you can almost expect some great gains on a weekly basis, as many changes have advanced so rapidly. It is a question as to whether such developments can be relayed to you through one of the news outlets. Certainly the Internet is more open and free, but you have to search to find such sources.

Eventually, and sooner rather than later, there will be a clamor to report factual accounts of what is going on, as otherwise certain agencies will be left behind. So we do not have too much concern in this connection, as the truth will be too good to miss and make sensational headlines. Too few people have controlled the media for a very long time, but it has become harder for the cabal to promote the lies that have been thrust before you. You have for some time now awakened to the manner in which you have been led by those with their own agenda. In the near future it will all change and you will finally be able to trust what you are told. (SaLuSa, Feb. 29, 2012.)

So much information has been released lately, that the dark Ones cannot plug the leaks. So keep your eyes open and learn firsthand as the secrets are unravelled and the truth comes out. The media will soon have to allow free reporting, as it has a duty to keep you informed but hitherto has been rigidly controlled. It will be totally free once the Illuminati have been removed, and that action is becoming more likely as each day passes. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)

Lightworkers can explain the process of Ascension to those who have been misinformed, or have misunderstood its significance. As you might imagine, as events materialize and it is seen that the media has been freed from censorship and control, freedom of speech will return and be reported truthfully by the media. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2012.)

From 2011

Keep your eyes and ears open as much is about to take place that should have an impact upon the media. If not, the Internet will undoubtedly pick up anything that is out of the ordinary, and is mostly reliable. However, the same freedom of expression also allows those with disinformation to cast doubts. Fortunately it is usually so far removed from the truth, most of you will see through the attempts to mislead you. (SaLuSa, Oct. 26, 2011.)

The exposure of Rupert Murdoch's media empire's influence in government circles and underhanded methods of obtaining information will lead to breaking the back of this kind of mass mind programming. Through lies, distortions and strategic omissions in mainstream media reporting, the Illuminati have been publishing or airing only the information they want you to know and think about - they, just as you, know the power of thoughts. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

We would suggest you pay extra attention to your Press and other news outlets, as within their daily outpourings there is a change of approach taking place, and the real truth is beginning to emerge. You will need to use your discretion as there is still going to be half-truths for quite a time yet. What is happening is that the higher vibrations are raising your consciousness levels, and it is strengthening your resolve to get the truth out. Brave souls with something to tell are gaining the wrath of the dark Ones, as they stand tall and are prepared to withstand the consequences. We have their karma to consider, but where we can you may be assured they will get our protection. Sometimes they would appear to fail in their attempts to bring matters into the public arena, but often sufficient is done by airing the evidence of malpractice and outright criminal activity. Too much has been taking place that the Illuminati seem to have got away with. Yet that has made them careless and feel untouchable, when in fact they are being revealed for what they are with firm evidence of their crimes. We need you to keep probing and constantly pushing for the truth to come out, and you will gather support until people power is so strong that it can no longer be ignored. (SaLuSa, July 16, 2011.)

From 2010

In recent years we have been able to influence your media and television programs. We have successfully been able to have our presence shown in such a way, that it reflects more truthfully what we are about and our peaceful approach to you. (SaLuSa, April 19, 2010.)

From 2008

You will see more honest reporting as media controllers' hold becomes increasingly tenuous. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 30, 2008.)

But Watch Out for Disinformation and Manipulation

From 2013

You have in many ways been forced to go through an intermediary whenever you wanted to listen to the words coming from the light. But now, so many of those detrimental forces have been neutralized or removed, and so, your own abilities to connect will be greatly enhanced. 

You see, an open channel is an open channel, and earlier, it was much too tempting to those not so keen on enlarging the light quotient to use that open channel to further their ideas. In other words, many attempts at manipulation in the form of disinformation and willful embedding of low frequencies have been carried out, and some of them were indeed successful, while others where aborted.

But still it was enough to keep us all busy to try to minimize any leakage of dark matter into the channels of the light. And believe us, it was at times a very hectic atmosphere on both sides of the veil. But now, the whole playing field has been changed in so many ways, and in addition, your own level of vibration has been raised so much higher by your willingness to tap into, and indeed be connected to, this web of light you have all become a part of. So now, the stakes are very, very different from what they were only a short time ago, and so, we urge you all to start to listen more closely to the signals you will be getting in the time ahead. ....

We know that this will seem to be not only daunting, but downright frightening to many of you. For what if the someone that comes knocking on your door will be of the not so benign kind? Well, let us first of all say that the chances for that are not very high, but in this, as in everything else, it is a question of awareness and intent. For you always check the credentials of anyone that wants to enter your home, do you not? In other words, you will use your discernment in this as you do in everything else, and if there is something that simply feels wrong, just say no and refuse to give them entry.

It is as easy as that, as no one can ”enter” without your consent. And now, the light you all carry within is so strong, it will act as the best of shields in any circumstances. So just stay centered, and stay alert, and feel into whatever you feel approaching. And please know, even the most benign of energies can be a little bit overwhelming at first, but then, just ask for them to take it slow to let you get used to the energy.

For this is first and furthermost a question of energy, and so, every new encounter will feel just that, new, in some sort of way, because you will come into contact with a form of energy that will feel a little bit alien to you, if we may use such a word. Again, just do what feels right for you, and do not try to force yourself to do anything. Just remember, the doors are not locked any more, and so you are also free to enter these halls of ”free speech”, but do so at a pace that feels comfortable to you. And pick your ”companions” to connect with as you feel guided to. ("Aisha North: The Manuscript of Survival – Part 309," May 14, 2013, at http://goldenageofgaia.com/2013/05/aisha-north-the-manuscript-of-survival-part-309/.)

From 2012

Each day now may provide the first real evidence of what has been happening behind the scenes that will convey to you the ongoing changes. The media will not handle the "good" news regrettably because it is still controlled. However, your Internet is so vast that you will have no problem in finding references to Disclosure and other anticipated events, and often from those who have a genuine source of information.

Yet you still have to beware of some authentic looking websites and reports that are put out to confuse you. When the true announcements are made there will be no doubt in your minds as to their truthfulness. Disclosure is for example of world-wide importance, and accordingly it will be down to your leaders to handle it. (SaLuSa, Nov. 26, 2012.)

So understand, as we approach these times of change, that there is also the release of a great deal of what we call excess energy, of chaos. Be the observer, and in many ways disengage from the Earth even while you make peace with it. Disengage from the third dimension. Anchor within the heart of Gaia, but do not be part of the boiling pot of misinformation. ("Archangel Michael: It's Time to Let Go of the Old," Oct. 22, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-its-time-to-let-go-of-the-old/ .)

A tremendous amount of work has been put in by our allies, and that includes all of you who are spreading the truth. Yet, because of the success of the dark Ones in spreading false information, there are still many souls who are finding it difficult to shift from their present beliefs. Whatever they are it is hard to believe that you have been fooled, particularly when you have leaders that have become respected for their knowledge. (SaLuSa, Sept. 10, 2012.)

Even some messages that are telepathically channeled, or claim to be, state that a civilization pretending to be benevolent actually intends to conquer and enslave you. Other messages purport that ETs will evacuate you prior to the cataclysmic cleansing that will devastate the planet, and still others report that degree of devastation but without your rescue. All those kinds of claims are designed to create fear and all are pure nonsense.

That is why we often have urged you to be discerning about information from all sources. Ask within and trust your intuition to tell you what is true and what is not. Developing discernment and learning to trust the messages from your soul to your consciousness not only will eliminate unnecessary feelings of fear, they are upward steps in soul evolvement. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2012.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and the Galactic Federation of Light assure you that you are in safe hands, and need not become concerned by claims that are intended to make you become fearful. It is not just the Illuminati that create disinformation sources, but also groups that wish to see a different ending to this cycle to satisfy their own beliefs.

Also remember that many old prophesies are no longer relevant, as conditions have changed the outcome which is going to be less volatile and easier to deal with. Keep calm and stay within the Light and Love that continually bathes the Earth and raises its vibrations. (SaLuSa, June 25, 2012.)

At this time when Ascension is so close there are those who would deliberately misinform you. The dark Ones thought to conquer Man and his world for their own agenda, but now grasp at any opportunity to stop each souls path of Light that leads to completion. It will be to no avail, but it means you still need to tread carefully and not fooled by those peddling fear. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2012.)

By now you all should recognize the telltale signs and negative vibrations of the dark ones. Just remember to always check your internal compass. Are their messages leading you towards love, light, peace, hope, unity, and a better world for all of you? Or are their messages directing the needle of your compass towards fear, hopelessness, danger, separation, confusion, and an Armageddon type scenario for your future? By remembering to always check your compass readings, you can be sure you will always remain firmly on course towards your dream for your new world. (The Galactic Federation through Gregg Giles, March 3, 2012.)

Having come such a long way and about to reap the rewards of your journey, it requires that final resolve to keep your eyes on the finishing line. Do not be distracted by some last attempts of the dark Ones, to draw your attention to the increasing amount of disinformation that is around. Naturally until they can no longer influence the media and relinquish their control, they hope to cause confusion and doubt.

By now those of you who have moved into the Light, should not really have any problem in sorting out the truth against the false reports. Generally you can take it that if it does not feel right, then it is not right. Time will tell all and when we open full contact with you enlightenment will be the order of the day. They will be wonderful times when you shall be released from the heaviness of the lower energies. Many brave souls have stepped forward to start bringing the truth out, so identify your heroes and stick with them. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)

From 2011

We do in fact monitor your T.V. programs, but our interest really focuses upon your world news services. We understand the games being played out and the statesmanship that goes with it, but we also know the real purpose behind them. We are not fooled which is why negotiations with us will be positive and carried out to the letter, as we have your interests at heart. May you receive all that you would wish for others. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

You may have noticed an ever increasing number of sources putting out messages about the coming period. Be selective and allow your intuition to work for you, and hold onto your beliefs until you have good cause to change them. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

Dear Ones, Michael [Quinsey] wonders whether I will mention the attacks upon myself and Matthew, and I will because it would seem odd to you if I did not. In one sense such matters do not need any response at all, as any Lightworker may be subjected to attacks from the dark Ones. It is up to other people to use their judgement, as most of you that are following messages from Light sources are already using your intuitive abilities.

Therefore it should not really need me to refute outright disinformation, calculated to instill fear and doubt in your minds. The channels used for such purposes may feel that they are genuinely transmitting messages of Light, but they like anyone else are liable to attract lesser sources that are out to use them for their own ends. Channels and readers alike are always asked to question what they are given, and not to simply accept it all.

As the end-times get nearer the dark Ones are desperate to make some final show of defiance. So each one of you should be wary of messages that seem to be completely out of synchronization with the main stream that you follow. You have the ability to go within and speak with your Higher Self, and you will get advice or a strong feeling as to which way to go. It is not our way to set out to shock you or sensationalize our messages, and generally speaking they are steady and constant in the manner in which they are given to you.

It follows that many of you are at different levels of understanding, and therefore your interpretation of messages can be different. So sometimes you have to agree to disagree, and in that there is absolutely no reason to fall out with each other. There is after all only the One Truth, yet it can be conveyed in several different ways and all are perfectly acceptable. In fact you need to guard against trying to be too precise in your understanding, and make allowances for the possibility that you may not have all of the answers.

Would you really expect us at our level to tell other than the truth? I doubt it, as you are sufficiently evolved to recognize the truth in what we give you. We are your mentors and in a dimension that you are soon to rise up to, where only the truth exists. It is such that the truth is naturally spoken in all matters, and even if we could speak otherwise it would be immediately recognized for what it was. ...

It is an interesting subject that has come up, and it questions your ability to be discerning and develop it so that you become adept at correctly sizing up a situation. (SaLuSa, April 20, 2011.)

From 2010

As the truth gains more ground, so those who reject it work against it and spread disinformation. It therefore begs of you to be discerning in what you accept, and that you find sources that are consistent and trusted.

As always your intuition should be your guide, and if necessary you can always put anything aside until such times as you can make a firm decision about it. With time you will that you become adept at spotting dubious messages or articles. If the ring of truth is not there for you, then clearly it should not be given your acceptance.

However, as we like to point out, you also need an open mind so that your understanding of the truth can be expanded where possible. (SaLuSa, May 28, 2010.)

If you are caught up in the rhetoric of the worldwide news media, you cannot help but be aware that there is a feeding frenzy of negativity being spewed out into the airways and consciousness of those who are receptive to the distorted messages of sensationalism and separation.

The fear of deprivation, anger at rulers, leaders and the government, and an indignant sense of entitlement to goods and services, without personal responsibility, are symptomatic of the intense fear of change that is taking place within every area of the world and within the human consciousness. (Archangel Michael, Apr. 1, 2010, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Take care when you tread your way through the jungle of information that is around you. It grows by the day, and is sometimes misleading, if not contradictory to what you may believe to be the truth. Unless you have good reason to change, stick to your core beliefs otherwise you may end up confused.

Often those that give out advice are promoting their own belief system, but are quite sincere in what they do. You have to find a source you can trust and in general accept what you are given. Whatever the truth is will stand the test of time, and in the light of revelations that are soon coming out it will be eventually understood by all. These times are for the clearing out the old but for keeping the pearls of wisdom. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2010.)

From 2009

You are inundated with conflicting information and we know of your confusion about what is true and what is not. ... It is vital that you use discernment and heed your intuition - it is part of soul evolvement. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

There are countless galactic and inters, councils, unified forces, experiencing clusters, collective-soul energy fields, free-spirit civilizations and other organized souls in this universe, so I believe it is necessary to delve into this issue more deeply than the name of this group and the information purportedly from its spokesperson.

A great deal of untrue or misleading information, often fear-filled, is falsely attributed to light sources. Entities claiming to represent a group or civilization widely known to be of the light transmit untrue information to receivers who cannot discern that these sources are dark.

Untrue information also is given to unsuspecting receivers by spokespersons for darkly-intentioned groups that present themselves as beings of light; and still other dark entities claim to be one or another well known, spiritually evolved soul, and they also pass on self-serving falsehoods. Some individuals on the planet disseminate their own writings or publicly "channel" their own ideas, and they attribute this information to respected light beings.

There are still other considerations. Telepathic communication has a filter inherent in the system itself. The energetic pulsing that is the source's "voice" connects with the most appropriate words in the receiver's vocabulary, and there can be enough of a gap so that the words "nudged out" may garble names and not fully accurately express the source's meanings. Another filter is in the receiver, whose knowledge, beliefs or preconceived ideas can bleed into the transmission and distort the source's information.

Because of all those variables, and no doubt others I have not remembered to mention, I cannot comment knowledgeably on this group, but I can refute the information attributed to it and mention other common misconceptions that have their roots in channeled messages. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

It is essential to be discerning about information from every external source. Your soul knows the truth, and your intuition - messages from your soul to your consciousness - always is your best source of information. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

Because so many people rely on the Internet for information, it has become a prime misinformation outlet, including postings by individuals employed by dark minds to compose "channeled" messages and ascribe false and frightening information to sources well known as highly evolved souls. So much for doubting the existence of intelligent life anywhere except on Earth! (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

You are receiving many messages from more sources than ever, and providing you exercise your wisdom and carefully consider all facts, you will avoid being misled. Stick to your preferred understanding until you find a greater truth to replace it with. (SaLuSa, Sept. 9, 2009.)

You have been reading many channeled messages and there are some discrepancies that are occurring and so, your discernment is necessary, but for the most part I am sure that each of you are beginning to realize, that each of our channels on the Earth plane are being coordinated more and more to validate each other's messages, so that you, the Lightworkers, know that what is coming forth IS what is occurring. (Metatron, Aug. 30, 2009, through Marlene Swetlishoff, on Share11, http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Share11/message/6830.) A caution, many things will be reported in the coming months. Not all of them will be true. Not all of them will come from the light. There will be deliberate misinformation. Events will be deliberately withheld from the public. We will keep you apprised. Look to your heart to know what is true for you. See all from a place of love. Do not fall into the fear that will come from many directions. Stay with love through all. (Adrial, May 11, 2009, at http://www.cosmicparadigm.com/Marks_Corner/2009_05_01_archive.html.)

We know that many of you search your Internet for confirmation of the various messages that come from your Space friends. They may not read word for word, but there will always be an underlying truth that comes through to you. Where they are positively different, you must intuitively make up your mind as to whether they come from a reliable source. Also remember, that the dark will use any pretext to put out disinformation, and at times it can be quite persuasive. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2009.)

However, parts of the entertainment field are slowly moving into metaphysical and spiritual realms and planting fertile seeds in the minds of viewers, bookstores are filled with publications in that genre, and the Internet has a plethora of that kind of material. But as we have often advised, be discerning about which information is truthful in the myriad sources available! (Matthew's Message, March 10, 2009.)

From 2004

Something else I often have emphasized is look to your inner guidance for answers. Nowhere externally are any sources of information as accurate as your soul's knowingness. Even the channels most respected by us must deal with the filtering systems inherent in telepathy as well as their own, whereas the soul is your direct link with God and the mass consciousness. (Matthew's Message, March 1, 2004.)

Look for the Spread of Channeled Information

From 2013

Upon accessing your connection with spirit, some of you will find brimming and excited beings from the higher dimensions, such as us and your spiritual guides, who’ll eagerly step-in to connect with you. We wholeheartedly encourage anyone who’s just beginning to open-up to their channels, to practice daily affirmations to the extent of only allowing beings of the purest consciousness and intent to be with you in any and every moment.

Your daily affirmations are important if you wish to maintain active and real links with our energies and impressions, because while their influence is fading, lower-inclined entities will still attempt to come through and masquerade as a plethora of different beings, while funneling-though false and misleading information and lower impressions disguised to be of the Light. ("SanJAsKa: Become the Pioneers of the New Revolution," through Wes Annac, June 17, 2013 at http://aquariusparadigm.com.)

Don't worry, I and many others are helping you with this.

We thank you so much for having opened yourself up to our communications and working so closely with us. As we have already told you, we will need your channeling skills for only a short period of time before we can talk to all of you quite openly and everyone will be able to easily comprehend our messages. But in this brief interim period we need channels such as yourself to get our messages out. ("Ashtar Talks through Philipp," February 27, 2013 at http://goldenageofgaia.com/disclosure/et-ufo-disclosure/ashtar-talks-feb-27-2013/.)

From 2012

Regardless of what an un-awakened society pushes upon you through your news, magazines, films etc., always use your own intuition when judging the validity of any topic being discussed. View the messages through your highest awareness of truth, and feel the energy.

Trust your intuition which is being guided by your awareness of your Divine nature.The Arcturian Group, Dec. 30, 2012.)

Many unawakened and discerning souls on your world see the practice of channeling guidance from ascended souls and guides as well as astral traveling with the power of your crown charkas as simple pseudoscience and pseudo-spirit, but the many programs instated by your military will show that the most intelligent people have been discovering and using such methods for the supposed 'defense' of their various powerful countries for decades. (The Pleiadian High Council, "Suppressed Revelations and Impending Changes," channeled through Wes Annac, April 1, 2012 at http://tinyurl.com/7bac88z.)

From 2011

Having been separated from your Higher Self by the veil of forgetfulness, you have still found the Light within and proceeded to make your way back to full conscious awareness. It has enabled you to make a giant step forward and prepare yourselves for Ascension. With it also comes the ability to be discerning where any information is concerned, and you will be able to determine the truth from the more dubious messages or outright disinformation.

Take what resonates with you, and if you pass over genuine information you may be sure it will come your way again. (SaLuSa, Apr. 13, 2011.)

Stick to your principles and follow your intuition, as your beliefs and thoughts are bombarded by so many different sources that claim to know the future. Some are simply misguided but those that seem acceptable are sometimes clever pieces of disinformation. Bear in mind that the dark Ones are well aware of Ascension and the events leading up to it, and they play upon a scenario that largely fits your beliefs. However, they intentionally look to cause confusion in your minds, and once doubt creeps in they have succeeded in their aims.

Naturally there are also some sources that are genuine, but have a different idea as to how the end times work it. Their approach can be influenced by what they desire to take place, and this is more likely with religious beliefs. If you are satisfied that you have a truthful source you can generally speaking accept what is given to you. However, still question it until you are satisfied that it fits into your mindset and that it is of a positive nature. The truth will normally feel good, whereas dubious statements often make you feel uneasy.

For many years you have been fooled and lied to so that governments could carry out covert actions without your knowledge. The times of automatically believing what you were told have long since passed, but because of the deliberate confusion and fear laden messages you may find it difficult to determine where the truth exists. Again we come back to your intuitive powers and if you rely upon them, by and large you will not go far wrong. (SaLuSa, April 11, 2011.)

For a long time teachers whether incarnate or through channelling have tried to spell out what is needed to lift you up. They have introduced you to Universal Love and the true purpose of life, and warned you of the lower energies that can creep up on you if you are unprepared. You have been helped to understand your true nature and potential to become the gods that you are. Those that have taken heed of the higher teachings, have eventually found that all knowledge is held within and have started their own journey home. Guidance is perfectly acceptable and if you have recognised your intuitive powers you will rarely go astray, but even so will probably quickly find your way back onto your path of Light. (SaLuSa, Jan. 31, 2011.)

From 2010

You could say that where information is concerned regarding Ascension, you are spoilt for choice as many sources are picking up the new vibrations. However, their interpretation of them may not agree with others, and this is where your own intuition comes into play. Accept only what rings true to you, and carries no sense of impending doom or fear.

The true messages that carry Light are based on love and understanding, and will speak of the opportunity for everyone to ascend through freedom of choice. The true teachings do not talk of punishment in any context, as every soul on Earth is loved and given guidance as soon as it is requested.

Sometimes it is a special event in a person's life that leads to an awakening, and it is often associated with near death experiences. When you get a glimpse of life beyond Earth in the higher dimensions, it can leave you with such a strong impression it is indeed a life changing experience. (SaLuSa, June 11, 2010.)

When you are receiving information from the higher realms, you must use your discernment and your wisdom and you must go within your Heart Center to determine if this information is true and correct for you. There is much information that is not always correct in the many messages you read. Each person who channels is channeling through the filter of their subconscious mind, through the filters of their accumulated wisdom of their spiritual growth in this life and through past life experiences.

There are many who believe that those who channel are of great authority and knowledge and to be followed blindly, through their channeling. All have spiritual gifts, and those who channel have been given this spiritual gift and have agreed before their incarnation in this lifetime, to bring forth these messages. It does not mean that they have reached the pinnacle of spiritual development, above all others. There is no such thing, as spiritual growth is ongoing, continual and a sacred journey and path, all will continue, long after they have completed planetary ascension. ...

We ask you to stand in your personal power and take the pearls of wisdom from these messages, which resonate with you. Use your discernment, and your wisdom to determine if the message is your truth. You may ask for validation three times, within your Heart Center. This validation may come from within, it may come through others, in the form of the spoken word, it may come through something you read. We ask you to understand, and know that your own inner wisdom, your God Self is your best and most accurate wisdom. Only you know what is best for you and the path which you choose to follow.

Those who channel may bring forth to you messages and wisdom from the higher realms, yet there may be inaccuracies within these messages, depending upon the clarity of the channel, and plane which the channel is accessing. Stand in your power, Beloved Ones, and integrate these many blessed teachings, with discernment, love, wisdom and your own inner guidance. ...

Trust and know, Dear Ones, that you are Divinely guided, as you are God. As you allow your God Self to come forth, through your expressions, your daily activities, you will become stronger and develop the strength and courage to stand in your power and rely upon your own inner wisdom. You will understand that you too, are channeling this inner wisdom from your superconscious mind, and if you choose to formally channel your superconscious mind, this practice is available to each and every one of you. Begin with the small steps of asking questions and allowing the answers to come forth naturally. You will gain confidence and be ready to move forth to the next step of a deeper integration with your superconscious mind. (Archangel Michael, "Balance Your Subconscious, Conscious and Superconscious Minds," June 2010, through Rev. Michelle Coutant, at http://www.transformingradiance.com/messages.html.)

Because you are all at different stages of evolution, you cannot absorb every piece of information that comes your way. Some of it you will set aside, and at some later time it may find a place in your thinking. As time goes by you will find it easier to take in what is being given to you. It will be because of the expansion of your consciousness, that is being greatly helped by the incoming energies. (SaLuSa, March 22, 2010.)

From 2009

There is already, as you have noticed, many new channelers who are bringing forth messages from the Higher Planes of existence and this shall continue in the days ahead.

There will also be many who will be receiving plans, codes, information, to bring through new technologies, so we from the Spiritual Hierarchy are informing you, the Lightworkers, that this is beginning to occur.

As we have mentioned once before, we require willingness and intention on your part, so you must state each day that you are willing to receive these, so do call upon us and we will endeavour to work with you to bring through new healing knowledge and modalities, NEW knowledge, and information that is ancient beyond memory, that is now ready to come forth upon your world again, to move Humanity into the most wonderful, exciting Era, the new Golden Age.

Once you ask, and remember to do this each day, Dear Ones, be prepared to be inspired at the most inopportune times, perhaps, and you must realize that this is the energy and information coming through so it behooves each and every one of you to carry a notepad and pencil with you and keep it near to you at all times so that you can record the ideas and flashes of inspiration that come to you and you must act upon them, for an idea that sits in someone's mind or upon a piece of paper that is not acted upon will not come forth to bless your world.

Spend some time each day, Dear Ones, imagining what you would like to bring forth into this new world and ask for it, for it is in asking that it is granted to you, that the assistance is given to you, that we from the Higher Realms then have the permission to bring to you...but we need you to ask.

There is so much activity that is occurring on our planes of existence at this time. You, the Lightworkers, who are decreeing, are keeping us gainfully occupied, and there is much that is being accomplished throughout your world in answer to your specific decrees. (Hilarion, through Marlene Swetlishoff, May 3-9, 2009, at www.TheRainbowScribe.com.)

On the Nature of Justice in the New Society

From 2012

For too long we have had to keep details under wraps, and even now we are still careful as to what we reveal. It is a matter of keeping our plans to ourselves as far as possible, and stopping interference with them from those still loyal to the Illuminati. Some are of course bound to them through bribery or blackmail, and still fearful of the consequences of disobeying them. We have however invited them to join us and grant asylum so that they are not in danger. That does not mean that they get away with their crimes, but that is not a matter that we will deal with and is best left to the higher forces. Since justice is always seen to be done, there is no point in wasting your energy by being concerned about the outcome. (SaLuSa, Aug. 17, 2012.)

So be on your guard, and also remember that regardless of what changes to the Law are proposed, very few will ever see the light of day. It is for example like the present arguments over the gun law, as even if the anti-gun lobby get their way they will never achieve their goal. It will not be long before governmental changes take place, and new Laws and amendments to the Constitution will be rescinded.

That will eventually apply world wide as with each step your freedom will be returned to you. It will not fully happen until after Ascension, but at least any draconian or unjust Laws will have been removed. Responsible people certainly do not need great restraints upon them, and we shall make sure you are made free of them as soon as possible. (SaLuSa, Aug. 3, 2012.)

Nothing escapes our notice, and there are no hiding places that the Illuminati and their minions can use to avoid their fate. They have been offered a way out if they resign, but that does not mean they can get away with their crimes against Humanity. There are far greater powers than us who are involved in ensuring that justice is meted out. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

The dark Ones are being driven into a corner, that will enable us to finally put paid to their activities.

The removal of the Illuminati will be a monumental achievement and take away their ability to cause any further trouble, and that is high on our list. We can only add that patience is called for all round, as some of these tasks are very delicate and finely balanced. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2012.)

From 2011

Over the many years we have accumulated more than sufficient evidence to show which individuals have broken their promises to work for the people, and instead fallen for promises to get rich quick at their expense. We can therefore largely dispense with the laborious and long winded trials that there is no longer sufficient time for. However, some crimes against you are of such gravity that a few individuals will stand trial, so as to reveal the full extent of them.

As you can imagine, such Beings are those who are of the Illuminati and controlled the plans to bring about world slavery of the Human Race. Clearly with Ascension so near to manifesting they will eventually be removed, and spend their time at an appropriate level where they can reflect upon the effect they have had upon millions of Beings. All is not lost where they are concerned, but their path back to the Light will be long and arduous. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2011.)

It was not too long ago that you tended to accept whatever those in authority told you, and they used your trust to hoodwink you whilst carrying out their covert operations against you. Almost on a daily basis you are now learning about the truth behind many events that have been the work of the dark Ones, but hidden behind legitimate activities. The truth goes a lot deeper than you really know, but over the coming months it is going to be revealed to set the historical records right.

It will be presented in such a way that no amount of denial will change the facts that support the accounts we will give you. We also need them to substantiate the actions that are planned, when many persons in authority are removed because they have participated in criminal activities against the you. At this point our concern is to get them out quite lawfully, and not waste time before they are replaced by those who are of the Light.

Over the many years we have accumulated more than sufficient evidence to show which individuals have broken their promises to work for the people, and instead fallen for promises to get rich quick at their expense. We can therefore largely dispense with the laborious and long winded trials that there is no longer sufficient time for. However, some crimes against you are of such gravity that a few individuals will stand trial, so as to reveal the full extent of them.

As you can imagine, such Beings are those who are of the Illuminati and controlled the plans to bring about world slavery of the Human Race. Clearly with Ascension so near to manifesting they will eventually be removed, and spend their time at an appropriate level where they can reflect upon the effect they have had upon millions of Beings. All is not lost where they are concerned, but their path back to the Light will be long and arduous. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2011.)

During the months ahead, all unjust laws will be stricken and proposed laws with dark intent will not go into effect. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

Man's Laws are a poor reflection of the Universal Laws, and sometimes you will have to fight them to obtain justice. With our coming, changes will be made and the Constitution restored with small amendments, for a population that is fast recognising the need for such action. (SaLuSa, Jan. 21, 2011.)

From 2010

Your laws are Man's laws and too draconian when viewed with spiritual understanding. Even although there is little time to the end of duality, there will a reformation of your laws so that where injustice has occurred it can be remedied. (SaLuSa, Nov. 10, 2010.)

There will be changes in your laws so that justice can be seen to be operating in a fair manner. Your rights will be restored and fully protected, so that you cannot be held or imprisoned without sufficient evidence. It is also important that you are allowed legal representation as your right, and not held guilty until it is proven.

Equally as important will be a re-structuring of the powers given to those who apply the law and police your streets. In actual fact, once we come to your Earth and address your problems, and people see a brighter future ahead, the level of crime will dramatically fall. Clearly removing inequality and poverty will by itself remove conditions that often lead to crime. We also see that the need to take drugs to escape your reality, or for social occasions will decline. (SaLuSa, June 14, 2010.)

They have created their own future as has every other soul, and they cannot escape the result of their own actions. The Laws of the Universe apply in all circumstances, whether an individual is aware of them or not. You do not therefore need to concern yourselves regarding the application of justice, or fear that the Elite will escape responsibility for their misdeeds. (SaLuSa, June 7, 2010.)

On Earth you have draconian laws that are often neither fair nor justified, and are in fact introduced purely to keep a firm control over everything you do. You are also subject to Universal Law as we are, and unless they are observed even higher powers will intervene. It has happened many times where your civilization is concerned, resulting in meetings and councils to decide the right course of action. Wise souls adjudicate on such occasions and we observe and obey their conclusions. (SaLuSa, May 26, 2010.)

From 2009

Come the time very soon when positive action is going to be taken against them, they will be shocked at the speed with which their destiny will change. There is not one who shall escape the net that draws ever more tightly around them. Justice shall eventually be seen to take place, but in a way quite different to what you have been used to. You will find that it cannot be mocked or denied by some sharp practise, and the truth of any event will be fully known and not subject to falsification or cover-up.

We have Courts that are unlike yours and presided over by many High Beings of Light. Lies and subterfuge have no place in them, because there is no point in trying to deny that which is irrevocable and recorded in the ethers of life. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2009.)

Innate Sovereignty and Freedom Will be Recognized and Restored

From 2013

The highest universal council meant for the colonies that fought for independence from British rule to be a showcase of souls’ sovereignty. Once united, this nation was to have shown the rest of the world that when people are free to exercise God-given rights, they live peacefully, cooperatively, creatively and prosperously.

Successive waves of early settlers followed their urge to “be free” and the founders of the United States acted upon their divinely inspired mission to form a nation that guaranteed civil liberties, however limited those were in the beginning since many in the population were excluded. The darkness that was heavily entrenched on the planet enabled slavery to flourish and denied women the right to vote.

Those exclusions mattered not a whit to the Illuminati whose power, in part, was seated in England’s royal family. They were not about to forfeit control of the “free” populace or the land’s vast wealth of natural resources, and they swiftly extended their European empire across the Atlantic. Through the top figures in industries, banks and government – and later sneaking into law the Federal Reserve System that in no way is a federal institution – the Illuminati regained control of the United States.

During the centuries since they extinguished the beacon that nation was intended to be for your world, they kept spreading their network of corruption and deception until it was global. Now that the network is losing the remaining remnants of its former power, step by step you are consciously claiming the sovereignty that always has been yours as the god and goddess selves you are. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2013.)

Deep within, each one of you recognizes that you are a sovereign, Divine Godspark who is on the Earth on an ultimate mission of personal and collective growth. So very many of you have purposefully come to this world to answer to the dark forces and the negativity they have been putting out and having humanity feed, and the Light you have been able to shine has done this and so very much more. (SanJAsKa, "An Entire Paradigm of Secrecy is about to be Shattered," channelled through Wes Annac, April 24, 2013, http://aquariusparadigm.com.)

From 2012

Ascension is only the start, and afterwards we have much to do by way of quickly moving you into the life changes that go with it. We believe that many of you are now aware of what that means as far as raising your quality of life, and restoring your sovereignty. Instead of having your path created by others, you will create your own reality. That will bring souls of a like mind together, and is why some with different desires will go their separate ways. (SaLuSa, Nov. 26, 2012.)

You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long. As individuals it does not matter too much what you may have done in the past, as you came to Earth to experience duality. All of you have had your ups and downs and it is what you are today that really counts.

It comes down to having learnt the lessons that you needed to evolve, and you will all know how you stand in that respect. If you consider yourself to be of the Light you are undoubtedly on that path, and are unloading any baggage that you have accumulated. (SaLuSa, June 27, 2012.)

There is soon going to be one astonishing revelation after another, and the full intent of the plan for your freedom will be clear. Your sovereignty is to be returned, and we of the Galactic Federation will be party to any changes to ensure that they are both legal and just. All over the world your rights have been gradually eroded, and often draconian laws introduced to replace them. (SaLuSa, May 11, 2012.)

You have called for help to remove those that have taken away your rights. Be assured you shall become completely free again, and the wrongs against you shall be put right. Indeed you shall gain more than you had before, as you are about to receive the benefits of advanced technologies to prepare you for Ascension. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2012.)

Returning your freedom is paramount in our minds, and we will remove all those controls that have been used to keep you in your place. Those responsible will at some stage answer for their crimes against Humanity, so we ask you not to concern yourselves too much with what will happen to them. It is more important to concentrate on your own needs and preparation for Ascension. (SaLuSa, March 28, 2012.)

Come out of your cocoons that are hiding your true self, the Light Being that you are and always will be. This is the time to claim your divine rights and sovereignty, and you are being given every help to do so. You are Beings of untold power and providing you can accept the responsibility to use it wisely, you will ascend and become the creator that you were previously before the fall.

Even now you still create but it takes longer to manifest, and you may not realise what you have done. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2012.)

Your lives at present are really so restricted and controlled, and that also applies to the Laws of the Land that will be carefully scrutinized and amended, to take out those that are unjust and unlawful. There will be a return to a country's Constitution with added benefits arising from your coming Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2012.)

It is a Divine Decree that your cycle of duality ends with war having been totally eradicated, and peace having been firmly established. For too long your rights have been taken away, and the time has been reached for them to be totally restored. The old paradigm is now defunct, and will draw no more energy to sustain it any longer. A new day has commenced that will bloom into its magnificence with Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

You are on the verge of experiencing an exciting period to see out the cycle of duality, and it will not really commence until you are allowed to live in peace and without fear. You will become free and, with abundance and other benefits due to you, will feel a great wave of joy and happiness sweep across the Earth. We shall be openly with you and participate in your celebrations, because it will for you be an historic occasion. We can hear a big sigh of relief pass all around the world, as you enjoy a level of freedom unlike anything you have experienced for eons of time. Go about your daily travels with such thoughts in mind, and know that you do not have much longer to bear the present chaos. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

We are pleased that you as a Human Race you are taking hold of your destiny, and refuse to be led down a path to total enslavement. It does lead to some degree of violence as you demand your freedom, as those in control who wield the power are reluctant to concede to your demands. We deplore any form of violence but do understand that your anger is a powerful emotion. These situations should change once governmental changes have taken place, as the new leadership will make it clear that their appointment is one that will work for the good of all. At this time we hope to be able to openly participate with them, particularly as several important changes will also need our support. (SaLuSa, Feb. 13, 2012.)

By doing your best to stay focussed upon the Light, you are keeping a steady path to Ascension. Whatever happens you may be sure that the same result will be achieved, and it will see you released from the controls of the dark Ones. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

Once the influence and interference of the dark Ones is finally stopped, and that will be over the next few months, you can then relax and begin to enjoy the sudden freedom that shall be returned to you. From thereon the whole atmosphere will be lifted up and much emotion released, as people realise that at last real peace has descended upon Earth. That will make the last months of the year a most memorable and delightful time, and the people of the world will be re-united. Never again shall they be separated and lose their true identity. They shall be as One again. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

True freedom is not really something you have yet enjoyed, but when you take up your place as a Galactic Being everything will lie before you. Words cannot express how wonderful you will feel and the beauty and love that will surround you. All is in harmony and balance unlike your experiences in duality. (SaLuSa, Jan. 18, 2012.)

It's an indicatory glimpse of who you really are, and it makes a delightful change from the sense of almost total insignificance that you can experience when you choose to see yourselves as small, powerless individuals - just one of the many billions of apparently insignificant beings on the planet. That view, illusory as it is, is strongly encouraged by the old, decaying system of hierarchies of power, in which the few control, betray, deceive, and suppress the many. And its rate of decay is accelerating. (Saul, Jan. 18, 2012.)

From 2011

You have to move quickly from the set up that has been maintained by the Illuminati, one that has kept you under their control. They have sought to create situations that make you more and more reliant on them. In so doing they have done everything in their power to stop you advancing into the New Age, as that would have made you more independent of them. However, their power has now been greatly reduced and will continue to do so until we can remove them from positions of authority and influence. Already many of their secret bases have been dismantled and disabled so that they are permanently out of use. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

These are the important times that many of you have come to Earth to participate in, and it will be a glorious period of achievement where the people will take back their sovereignty, and re-write the Constitution. (SaLuSa, Nov. 2, 2011.)

The path to these changes is about to start on Earth, by returning to you your sovereignty and freedom. With it shall come your release from being dependant on out dated methods of travel, medicine and food production. What you have been denied is being enjoyed by the selected few who are part of the covert operations of the Illuminati. You have been deliberately held back, to maintain the old system that feeds the bank balances of those families that are in power. The few control the masses but that is all about to change, and our allies have progressed to the point where the changes can begin. (SaLuSa, Aug. 15, 2011.)

Each soul will become free to progress according to their choice, a decision that was made prior to their present incarnation. Subconsciously you are aware of your choice, and it will have influenced you to take the correct direction. It matters not what others have chosen that may be quite different to yours. Simply allow them the same free choice that you have been given. All experience has immense value, and you take it with you when you complete each lifetime's journey. You are at any time the total of all of your experiences, which makes you a unique and important soul in the tapestry of life. (SaLuSa, Jan. 3, 2011.)

From 2010

Love your country and its constitution but love it wisely. The constitution was founded on very spiritual principles given to the founding fathers by enlightened beings from this side.

However, what you claim now as your constitution with all its self serving interpretations is not a reflection of the true essence of this spiritual document as it was given and was intended to be. It has been much changed by those who under the guise of helping you , have instead taken away your freedoms.

It is time to acknowledge your divine rights, dear ones. Time to stand up and be free because you are Divine beings, not human beings. Stop believing everything you are told and start to think for yourselves; always trusting your intuition and your inner guidance and not what puppet talking heads on your televisions read to you. (The Arcturian Group, July 6, 2010.)

Freedom of the people will be the object of First Contact, and the establishment of a system where the wealth of the world can be fairly distributed. The next step will be to banish poverty and we are well prepared to ensure it is quickly carried out. (SaLuSa, June 23, 2010.)

You are already beginning to take back your power, and with it comes the confidence to take charge of your future. You have been dictated to for far too long, and kept from claiming your divinity. It is inevitable and indeed intended that you should take back your sovereignty, and that will not take very long to be achieved. ...

It will be a wonderful experience for you all to jump into the future, and your new found freedom will be exhilarating and a joy you have not yet fully envisaged. (SaLuSa, June 7, 2010.)

In so many ways you have been led to believe that you are subservient to those in power, and your rights have been deliberately eroded to keep you down. Again that will change and although it will take time to reverse the situation, eventually you will become sovereign Beings once again. (SaLuSa, April 14, 2010.)

Now you walk with your heads held up high knowing you have the power to change the circumstances that affect your lives. You not only know that you are great Beings, but are using your creative powers to [change your circumstances]. The more you continue to focus on a peaceful and happy future, the more energy you are creating that will manifest it for you.

We desire the best for you, and work towards the return of your sovereignty. By rights acceded to you as a child of God, it is law that you are allowed to claim them. They have been denied you because you have been deliberately kept in ignorance of them. However, you are awakening to your true selves and insisting on being treated with respect, and your rights acknowledged.

Be assured you also have us alongside you, and you will be restored to your true levels in readiness for the end of this cycle. It is all part of the process of Ascension that will see you lift up into the higher dimensions. (SaLuSa, March 29, 2010.)

It is never the way of those who [are enlightened] that they ... force their opinions upon others. Yet in days past people were put to death for holding opinions that were not in accordance with the State religion. It still happens today, but on a much reduced scale than previously. When enlightened it becomes clear that no one on Earth knows it all, and it is spiritually correct to allow souls to follow their chosen path. (SaLuSa, March 19, 2010.)

In a manner of speaking, life goes on as before in spite of the many problems facing you. However one thing is for certain, it shall not return to the previous period that started at the commencement of this Millennium. Since that time you have progressively lost your way, and through contrived situations have been steadily subjected to draconian laws.

The dark Ones played their hand realising that time was not on their side, but have failed to achieve world control as intended. Their attempts to do so have left you with few rights and subject to rigid controls, that have taken away your freedom. Have no fear all of that will change, and the unjust and unnecessary laws will be repealed. (SaLuSa, March 15, 2010.)

The very energies themselves are harbingers of a new order of things. Where once people were afraid to speak up for themselves and their rights in all the situations of their lives, they are now realizing that speaking their truths is the only way they can be their Authentic Selves, living their Highest truths and honoring the Presence of the Infinite One within them.

One has to honor this Presence within their own Being and consciousness and realize the old adage, "To thine own Self be true" no matter another's opinion on any given subject. There are as many differing opinions as there are people and what is important in such a scenario is to always follow that which is in your own heart, for that is what is true for YOU. Pleasing others in order to be acceptable to them is no longer viable in the new energies, for then you are not living authentically the life you have chosen for yourself.

Gone are the days of acquiescing to others in any facet of your lives. Yes, if you see there is wisdom in their counsel by all means agree with it and take appropriate action. But in these new energies One must always be true to Self and what is true for you may not be so for another. This is where great patience comes in and the quality and art of detachment.

For the One who has mastered their emotions there is no need to justify their actions, words or deeds in any way and these Ones realize their right as sovereign Beings and that they are fully responsible for each and every one of their own words, deeds and actions. It is not required to follow the dictates of another as long as One takes full responsibility for themselves. Each and everyone upon the Planet is a mighty Being of Light and have a right to live their life in true authenticity of their Being.

The Path of Light upon this Planet was not blazed by the many but by those who followed the inner promptings and dictates of their own hearts and sense of truth and rightness of Being. In Unity consciousness, there is the honoring of each Being's right to experience and follow their own counsel in all things, for we all contribute to the unified field of consciousness with our own unique blend of energies and gifts that no one else can contribute and in this way, we are all important in the overall scheme of things. Let no one diminish your Light, Dear Ones. (Master Hilarion, Weekly Message, through Marlene Swetlishoff, March 17-21, 2010, at http://www.therainbowscribe.com/hilarionsweeklymessage.htm.)

Because of hundreds of lives throughout this cycle, you have grown in strength that has seen you refuse to capitulate to the dark Ones. Now the full reward for doing so is about to manifest, and all that has been taken away from you will gradually be returned. You are to become the sovereign Beings you once were, and better still allowed the opportunity to ascend and leave duality for once and for all. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2010.)

Your rights will be given back to you, as originally covered by the Constitution. Yours shall be a model for the whole world, as you come together in the Oneness that marks a true sovereign civilization. It will be based upon spiritual concepts that will elevate you to the level of Ascended Beings. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2010.)

Mentally you have become empowered to stand up for your rights, and as more of you join together your strength is increasing. We shall be standing with you urging you ever onwards, and our Light will go with you to produce a powerful force for the good of all. That much we are allowed to do, and it is the Law of Attraction in action. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2010.)

From 2009

Freewill is a gift from the Creator that is sacred and covered by the Law of Attraction. Human beings sometimes blame others or God for their experiences, but in truth they are attracted to you by your thoughts and actions. How else could freewill operate, and you may ponder how amongst millions of people it is possible. It is because every aspect of your lives is planned, and you are each part of soul groups that come together with the purpose of gaining experience.

We hear some question where freewill comes in, but there would be no plan unless you exercised it prior to incarnating. Freewill is still your prerogative, but having agreed a plan for your life you are drawn to those people and experiences that will help fulfil it. Your Guides are also very active in keeping you on track, but the final word is with you. (SaLuSa, Sept. 18, 2009.)

You people with foresight and imagination have been kept back for a long time, but will have every opportunity to express themselves. The frustrations of being unable to freely express yourselves will be removed and a glorious time of advancement experienced. (SaLuSa, Aug. 14, 2009.)

Dear Ones, you have been continually fooled into giving up your rights, and but for the rise in consciousness and your stand against the dark forces, you would have totally lost your sovereignty. Even now you have to fight hard to restore your rights, but the turning point has been reached. (SaLuSa, June 19, 2009.)

It was certainly not intended that you should give up your freedom and forever be subservient to others. You are equal Beings, albeit that you play roles that put you in situations where one may be viewed as superior to another. These are learning experiences that awaken the truth within you, and release you from the thraldom that you have come to accept. (SaLuSa, April 1, 2009.)

The choice of every soul is respected where his or her evolution is concerned, and no one would interfere with it. Naturally you can always consult others before you make a decision, and they will give you the benefit of their own experience and wisdom. (SaLuSa, Mar. 20, 2009.)

Dear friends and fellow travellers, you are not going to be stopped in your pursuit of freedom and happiness. It is, and always has been your right to live your life as a sovereign Being. Let no one pull you down, and meet darkness with Light and Love, as you have the benefit of great help and guidance in your life once you allow the Light in. It is not denied to a single soul as it is all around you if you would but let it in. (SaLuSa, Apr. 3, 2009.)

We know that it is difficult to set aside habits and beliefs formed from childhood, but there does come a time when you realise that you are in total charge of your self. There is a tendency to feel safer when others do the leading, but there comes a point when you have to take hold of the reins yourself. (Ag-agria, March 25, 2009.)

Changes are occurring ... will ensure that your sovereignty is restored to levels you have not experienced. If you reflect on what has happened in the past, you may be astonished that you allowed others to take over your governments and the key institutions.

However, the dark have long worked at their plan for control, without you hardly noticing the gradual loss of your power and freedom that has gone on for several centuries. Now your understanding is growing, as more details are being brought to the surface that show where and how your trust has been misused. The dark forces are being revealed for what they are, and cannot now take back their power. People power remains the most potent weapon against the dark, and you are beginning to come together in a concerted effort to have them removed. (SaLuSa, Mar. 13, 2009.)

We often talk about you regaining your freedom, which is your God-given right. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2009 .)

True freedom is much more than you might imagine, but cannot be fully experienced until you have moved on to the path of Ascension. It is because the remaining influences coming from those souls who have declined to move on, still has the potential to stall your progress.

Freedom is total without restrictions, and the benefits will include the removal of legislation that curtails your free movement around the world. It will also result in the coming together and settlement of religious differences, and the recognition of All as being of the One. Freedom to worship is vital, but not where it is accompanied with the type of religious fervor and extreme reactions that has often led to war. Allowing others to follow their own path is essential to a peaceful world. The differences can often compliment the knowledge that is held by others, and it should be known that no one religion holds the total truth. Regrettably, many ancient teachings have been used to exercise power over others, by trading on the fear factor.

Freedom comes when trust is well placed and seen to be upheld. That will be easier to accept when respect returns and all lives considered sacred. As part of the whole each one of you contributes to the collective consciousness. None are considered greater or lesser than other beings, after all it is not given to you to know the life plan of another soul. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2009 .)

Freedom of movement and speech are going to be returned to you, but always it is wise to bear in mind that you are responsible for your thoughts and actions. As long as you do no harm to another soul, you can take it that you are working from the Light. When you often read about our reluctance to "interfere" with your freewill, you will realize how careful you will also have to be where others are concerned.

Judgement is high on the list of "do nots" and is because you cannot fully know the circumstances that led to the actions of another Being. As you can see, freedom also has its rules, but those that move onto Ascension will already have an awakened mind and understanding of their responsibilities. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2009 .)

From 2008

The Constitution will be restored in good time, and quite rightly so as it was inspired by such great Beings as St. Germain. He is personally responsible for ensuring that it is not only resurrected, but also that the benefits are used to return to you your freedom and sovereignty. (SaLuSa, Dec. 29, 2008.)

You have been kept down for so long you have forgotten who you really are and your potential to create your own path of evolution. Now you have the advantage of finding the truth about yourselves and Humanity. A whole new vista is opening to reveal your true ability to determine your own future, and not be enslaved to what the dark forces have thrust upon you for millennia of time. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

You are so near to the realization that you are taking back your sovereignty, and before long you will see positive signs of these changes. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

Benjamin Netanyahu

From 2015

Is Netanyahu in the Illuminati or is his bellicosity due to his serious responsibility for Israel’s safety? He is at the peak of the Illuminati and so are, or were, all of his predecessors in that position. As stated in prior messages, the Illuminati never have served the best interests of Jewish people in Israel or anywhere else in the world—the Illuminati instigated all the pogroms in Europe and their Nazi element carried out the Holocaust.

Using Judaism or Zionism as justification for their actions, the Illuminati have long kept the Mideast boiling, and they have discredited anyone who questioned their war-mongering by labeling those persons “anti-Semitic.” Masters at creating divisiveness, the Illuminati initiated an assortment of labels for different religious beliefs, forms of governance, theories, philosophies and ideologies. Largely through religious and academic teachings and mainstream media, which have been under Illuminati control down through the years, your society has been carefully taught to scorn everything outside their own labeled category; and the Illuminati successfully instilled the mindset that anyone they labeled “anti-Semitic” is a hateful person who is against the wellbeing of the Jewish population.

But Netanyahu does indeed take very seriously “Israel’s safety.” Long before the 1948 establishment of today’s Israel, an Illuminati intention was to make Jerusalem their Mideast headquarters to expand their economic and political entrenchments in the Vatican, London, New York City and Washington, DC. (Matthew Message, March 25, 2015, via Suzy Ward, http://mattthewmessages.blogspot.com/2015/03/english-message-from-matthew-march-25.html)

Bibliography

The Arcturians through Sue Lie’s messages are located at http://suzanneliephd.blogspot.ca

The Arcturian Group's messages are located at http://www.onenessofall.com/Welcome2.html.

Hilarion's messages are located at http://www.therainbowscribe.com/hilarionsweeklymessage.htm

Jesus's messages are located at http://johnsmallman2.wordpress.com.

Matthew's Messages are located at http://www.matthewbooks.com/mattsmessage.htm.

Mike Quinsey’s Higher Self, SaLuSa, Atmos, Ag-Agria, Diane of Sirius, and Ker-On of Venus are located at http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm.

Mira the Pleiadian's messages are located at http://thegroundcrew.com/channeled_messages.htm#message.

Saul's messages are located at http://johnsmallman.wordpress.com.

Sheldon Nidle’s message (Spiritual Hierarchy and Galactic Federation) are located at http://paoweb.com.

Wanderer of the Skies' messages are located at http://wandererodtheskies.blogspot.com/.